Agenda packet — Modesto City Council, October 22, 2024 (part 5 of 6)

#15..
- 761 -

WHAT IS NOT COVERED
 DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered:
— Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle;
— Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled.  CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s).  DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR’S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered:
— Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator’s Manual.  MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner’s responsibility.
 REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered.
 USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered.  EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs.  “DENIED PARTY” OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a “denied party” or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury.

OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state.

Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions.

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY.

PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.** ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.

OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS

THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED

ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON

TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.

QUESTIONS
If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to:

Allison Transmission, Inc.

P.O. Box 894
Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894
Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9
Form SE0616EN (201009)

Page 2 of 2 ends

#15..
- 762 -
Warranty Begins:

The transmission cooler shall be free from component or structural failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per
occurrence is available for the first three (3) years.
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral damage coverage
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents,
misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty.

This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as
recommended. Performance of the required maintenance
and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner.

Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.

Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization.

Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/22/2012 WA0216
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. #15..
- 763 -
United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called “UPF”) warrants each POLY-TANK®, Booster/Foam Tank POLYSIDE® Wetside Tank, Integrator Tank/Body, ELLIPSE™ Elliptical Tank, Ellip-T-Tank Tank and DEFENDER™ Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the service life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency response for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operated in accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to do so can void the warranty.

Every UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Should your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing or by calling UPF at 1-978-975-4520. Please provide the serial number, a description of the service request, the location along with the phone number and name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work completed within a reasonable time period.

Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Tank including the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessible such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advance (pre-approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been improperly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intended or designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or removed. Tanks that are not stored or installed properly which results in the tank suffering UV damage will not be covered by this agreement.

Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under this warranty for a tank located outside of the United States and Canada, UPF will assume the costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above plus all travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outside of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of UPF.

In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that is considered to be a war zone or where unsafe conditions exist for the safe passage of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States Department of State, (http://www.state.gov), and a request to perform service or warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests. It is the purchaser’s responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where such repairs can be performed without undue risk to UPF employees or their designee. UPF will make every reasonable effort to support our products though alternative means.

For Ellipse™ elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by the subcontractor is applied to the sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UPF shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation in accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UPF will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will assist with all claims on behalf of its customer.

For PolySide® wetsided tanks and Integrator™ Tank/Body units, all polypropylene components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime

WARRANTY
FOR: POLY-TANK®, POLYSIDE®, INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ UNITED PLASTIC FABRICATING, INC.

LIFETIME SERVICE WARRANTY
Continued on back
E f f e c t i v e 1 A u g u s t , 2 0 0 9 #15..
- 764 -
service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related components shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for the PolySide® and Integrator™ units excludes paint or hardware, which shall be covered by the manufacturer of the paint/hardware.

All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non-fire applications and installed on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF Protector™ foam and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy available from UPF.

This UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with prior written approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assign this warranty to the first titled owner/lessee of the apparatus).

UPF will NOT reimburse any unnecessary work and/or work that has not been pre-approved. Any and all third party charges must be preauthorized and approved in writing by UPF prior to commencing the work. Any unauthorized third party repairs, alterations, actions or modifications will not be covered and can void the warranty. UPF will be the sole determining authority as to whether a service claim will be valid and covered under this warranty.

In no event will UPF be liable for an amount in excess of the purchase price of the booster/foam tank at the time of manufacture or for any loss or damage, whether direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or otherwise arising out of failure of its product. Loss of contents (water, foam, etc.) shall not be the responsibility of UPF. Further, UPF is not responsible for costs associated with service repairs to chassis, sub-frames, bodies, valves, dumps, hoses, pressure vacuum vents, and other components (i.e. liquid level transducers, etc.). Further, UPF will not cover the cost for travel of the vehicle to and from a repair facility.

This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and price agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any person supposing to act on its behalf to change, nor assume for it, any warranty or liability concerning its product.

This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion or limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations on the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to you.

THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FACE HEREOF. THERE IS

NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR A
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITIONALLY, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF UPF.

WARRANTY
FOR: POLY-TANK®, POLYSIDE®, INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ UNITED PLASTIC FABRICATING, INC.

POLY-TANK®,& POLYSIDE® are registered trademarks of UPF, Inc. INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ are trademarks of UPF, Inc. © 08/01/09 UPF, Inc. Printed in the USA #15..
- 765 -
2 6 0 0 A M E R I C A N D R I V E • A P P L E T O N , W I 5 4 9 1 2 - 2 0 1 7 • 9 2 0 - 832 - 3 000 P I E R C E M A N U F A C T U R I N G I N C .

B U L L E T I N
TO: All Dealer Service Representatives
From: Kevin Hanegraaf

DATE: January 4, 2010
RE: UPF Tank Warranty Policy – Truck in Accident
Service Topic #292
To keep the UPF tank warranty valid on trucks that have been involved in a vehicular accident, it is UPF’s policy that the customer must remove the tank from the truck and send it back to one of UPF’s facilities for inspection. In the event that this does not take place, the warranty will be considered null and void.

The customer must remove and send the tank back to UPF for inspection in order to maintain the original warranty coverage, at which time it will be:
- Filled with water
- Visually inspected
- Ultraviolet spark tested on articulating test stand in the dark - Recommendation for repairs if necessary provided by UPF - Fully evaluated and repaired by UPF
If your customer chooses to leave the tank on the truck and wants a technician to inspect and/or repair the tank in the field, then the warranty is no longer in effect.

This direction is upheld by UPF because the technician cannot inspect the entire tank when it is still installed on the truck.

Note: This memo is intended to relay the information Pierce has received on UPF’s tank warranty for trucks that are in a vehicular accident. In the event of an actual claim, we direct you to consult with UPF’s service Manager Maura Watts (800-638-8265 x253)
#15..
- 766 -
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0009

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Apparatus Body
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
#15..
- 767 -
Effective March 15, 2010
AMDOR Inc. TERMS OF BUSINESS AND GENERAL INFORMATION
Warranty:

All AMDOR Inc. roll-up door products are warranted for a period of 10 years from the date of delivery (with the exception of wet paint adhesion - please see below). AMDOR Inc. liability covers the replacement or repair of any component that fails due to defects in material and / or workmanship during the coverage period. We accept no liability for claims made for damages to any part (or parts) of a vehicle and / or machine (of any type) or injury claims by a person or persons assumed or alleged to have been brought about by the use or misuse of any product supplied by AMDOR Inc. Warranty coverage does not extend to door attachments including (but not limited to) decals, emblems, stripes and adhesives.

In order to initiate the claims process please contact your authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. Warranty claims must be accompanied by a written description providing full and reasonable details as to the nature of the defect. Upon receipt of your claim arrangements will be made to inspect the defective product (if necessary). Justified warranty claims will be repaired, exchanged, or credited to the customer's account at AMDOR Inc.'s discretion. All warranty claims must be approved in writing by the Customer Service Manager for AMDOR Inc. There are no exceptions to this clause.

Limited warranty coverage includes the labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of products deemed to be defective by AMDOR Inc. Labor allowances are based on a set time schedule as determined by AMDOR Inc. The maximum allowable hourly labor rate is $ 50. All warranty labor claims must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. prior to commencement of work. Allowances for removal and installation:

Curtain replacement: 3/4 hour
Balancer replacement: 1 hour
Door ajar switch 3/4 hour
Bottom Panel Assembly: 1/2 hour
Slat replacement: 3/4 hour
Door removal and replacement 1 1/2 hours
Items authorized for return must be accompanied by a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. We will accept collect shipments of items deemed to be defective provided that they are returned via the most economical carrier. Should items be #15..
- 768 -
returned by means other than the most economical carrier the difference will be charged back to the sender.

AMDOR Inc. reserves the right to reject any claim when a product has been opened, interfered with or modified. Claims may also be rejected when damage to the product (or any sub-assembly) has been brought about by accident, misuse, abuse, vandalism, incorrect installation, temperature extremes, chemical exposure or any factor other than regular operating conditions.

Limited Wet Paint Match Adhesion Warranty
AMDOR Inc. warrants wet paint finishes applied by AMDOR utilizing our approved factory paint specification. All wet paint match colors must be approved in writing by an authorized OEM representative. AMDOR Inc. will provide a color spray out for this purpose. The time required for shipping and consideration of initial color spray outs will be considered over and above stated lead times. Warranty coverage will extend for a period of not less than 5 years from the date of delivery as determined by AMDOR Inc.'s Packing Slip. AMDOR reserves the right to determine whether individual units will be replaced and / or repaired by an AMDOR approved vendor. An allowance will be made for labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of individual units at the prescribed hourly rate of $ 50 per hour. Compensation for labor will not exceed the maximum time allowance permitted for door removal and replacement. Written approval including specified allowance for time must be obtained from AMDOR prior to initiating work. Warranty coverage will extend to the following visible paint system defects:

1./ Loss of mechanical adhesion as evidenced by peeling, cracking or blistering which exposes the substrate material.

2./ Corrosion of the substrate due to paint system failure.

3./ Fading which results in a substantial departure from the primary AMDOR approved body color.

Wet paint adhesion limited warranty coverage will be excluded when damages to the system are determined by AMDOR Inc. to be a result of the following:

1./ Damage caused through the use of attachments including (but not limited to) decals, labels, adhesives, non factory approved coatings.

2./ Loss of gloss, discoloration or damage due to improper maintenance (including but not limited to) mechanical wash systems, pressure washers, steam cleaners, non approved wash or polishing agents.

3./ Abuse, acts of nature, excessive heat / cold, chemical exposure, vandalism and / or accidents.

4./ Scratches, chips, abrasions, or dents from any source.

This document supercedes all previous written and / or verbal warranties provided by AMDOR Inc. and / or it's affiliates.
#15..
- 769 -
Waterous Company
125 Hardman Avenue South
South St. Paul, MN 55075 USA
www.waterousco.com
F-2891 (04/15/20)
Waterous Seven-Year Limited Warranty
WATEROUS warrants, to the original Buyer only, that products manufactured by WATEROUS will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of seven (7) years from the date the product is first placed in service, or seven and one-half (7-1/2) years from the date of shipment by WATEROUS, whichever period shall be the first to expire; provided the Buyer notifies WATEROUS, in writing, of the defect in said product within the warranty period, and said product is found by WATEROUS to be nonconforming with the aforesaid warranty. When required in writing by WATEROUS, defective products must be promptly returned by Buyer to WATEROUS at WATEROUS’ plant at South St. Paul, Minnesota, or at such other place as may be specified by WATEROUS, with transportation and other charges prepaid. A Returned Material Authorization (RMA) is required for all products and parts and may be requested by phone, fax, email, or mail. The aforesaid warranty excludes any responsibility or liability of WATEROUS for:
(a) damages or defects due to accident, abuse, misuse, abnormal operating conditions, negligence, accidental causes, use in non-firefighting applications, or improper maintenance, or attributable to written specifications or instructions furnished by Buyer; (b) defects in products manufactured by others and furnished by WATEROUS hereunder, it being understood and agreed by the parties that the only warranty provided for such products shall be the warranty provided by the manufacturer thereof which, if assignable, WATEROUS will assign to Buyer, if requested by Buyer;
(c) any product or part, altered, modified, serviced or repaired other than by WATEROUS, without its prior written consent; (d) the cost of dismantling, removing, transporting, storing, or insuring the defective product or part and the cost of reinstallation; and (e) normal wear items (packing, strainers, filters, light bulbs, anodes, intake screens, mechanical seals, etc.).

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUDED, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY OPERATION OF LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF BREACH OF

CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, OR ANY OTHER CAUSE OF ACTION, SHALL WATEROUS BE LIABLE FOR ANY PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGES.

The exclusive remedy of Buyer and the sole liability of WATEROUS, whether based on contract, warranty, tort or any other basis of recovery whatsoever, is expressly limited at the election of WATEROUS to:
(a) the replacement at the agreed point of delivery of any product or part, which upon inspection by WATEROUS or its duly authorized representative, is found not to conform to the limited warranty set forth above, or (b) the repair of such product or part, or
(c) the refund or crediting to Buyer of the net sales price of the defective product or part.

BUYER’S REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE OF ANY OTHER REMEDY OTHERWISE AVAILABLE TO BUYER. #15..
- 770 -
Warranty Begins:

Stainless steel piping shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship, or
perforation caused by corrosion.
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Stainless Steel Piping

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

Pierce’s obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the
stainless steel piping or components which Pierce
determines to have failed due to defective material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion.

This warranty does not cover the use of fluoroprotein (FP) type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause long-term damage to system components if not thoroughly flushed immediately after use.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 3/22/2012 WA0035
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. #15..
- 771 -
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

One (1) Year & Five (5) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1/30/2013 WA0231
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Foam System & Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Control Head
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Limited warranty 1 year parts and labor for for the foam system and 5 years parts and labor for the control head.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
#15..
- 772 -
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0057

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Custom Body
Ten (10) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
#15..
- 773 -
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/22/2010 WA0018

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not cover damage from lack of
maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and
maintenance manual).

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
Goldstar® Gold Leaf Lamination
Three (3) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Each Goldstar® gold leaf lamination shall be free from
defects in material and workmanship.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
#15..
- 774 -
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

DEALER SUPPLIED

PRODUCTS SERVICES
Exhibit “D”
5 AND
/OR
#15..
- 775 -

DEALER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. (GSFA) will supply the following items and services on a "per unit" basis (unless otherwise specified) before final delivery. This ensures that all necessary components and support are in place, facilitating an efficient final delivery process. Please refer to the detailed list below for a comprehensive overview of the included products and services.

AUTHORIZED MANUFACTURER
In accordance with the State of California Vehicle Code, specifically Section 11701, it is mandated that "every manufacturer of a vehicle subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number." The manufacturer, as of the proposal submission, holds a valid license in compliance with this requirement and is prepared to furnish a copy upon request. This adherence to regulatory standards ensures that the manufacturer maintains a current and official status, promoting transparency and compliance with legal requirements throughout the duration of the proposal and subsequent processes.

AUTHORIZED DEALERSHIP
In compliance with the State of California Vehicle Code, specifically Section 11701, it is mandated that "a dealer in vehicles of a type subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number." Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. possesses a valid license at the time of the bid, as detailed above, and can promptly provide a copy upon request. This adherence to regulatory standards ensures that the dealership maintains a current and official status, promoting transparency and compliance with legal requirements throughout the duration of the proposal and subsequent processes.

AUTHORIZED SALES REPRESENTATIVE
In accordance with the State of California Vehicle Code, specifically Section 11800, it is expressly prohibited for any individual to function as a vehicle salesperson without obtaining a license issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV). The representative, at the time of proposal, holds a valid vehicle salesperson's license and is ready to furnish a copy upon request. This adherence to regulatory standards ensures that the sales representative maintains a current and official status, promoting transparency and compliance with legal requirements throughout the bidding process and subsequent phases.

VEHICLE REGISTRATION
In adherence to the State of California Vehicle Code Section 11739, it is mandated that the "dealer of a new motor vehicle sale is responsible for applying for the title, securing vehicle registration, and obtaining license plates for the Customer" through the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV). Being a factory-authorized dealer of the vehicle being sold, Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is duly authorized to register the vehicle with the State of California as a new vehicle manufacturer.

GSFA is committed to facilitating an excellent vehicle ownership experience for the customer. As such, we will manage all necessary applications and complete all transfer papers, including the application for California Exempt "E" license plates. This approach ensures compliance with regulatory requirements and a hassle-free registration process for our valued customers. #15..
- 776 -

WEEKLY PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
GSFA is committed to ensuring transparency and comprehensive reporting throughout the construction process of the apparatus. To achieve this, GSFA will provide weekly photographs capturing various stages of the apparatus or major components under construction.

Commencing from the initiation of the manufacturing process, the photographic documentation will extend throughout the entire production phase by the manufacturer. These weekly reports will offer a visual representation of the ongoing progress of the apparatus, highlighting key milestones and showcasing unique features and aspects as construction unfolds.

Our focus is to provide customers with a clear and detailed insight into the evolution of the apparatus, fostering a deeper understanding of the craftsmanship and distinct elements incorporated during the construction process. This commitment to regular, visual updates aims to enhance communication and transparency regarding the progress of the apparatus.

CONTINGENCY RESERVE FUND
A Contingency Reserve Fund amounting to $20,000 per unit is incorporated into the quotation to address potential change orders, unforeseen items, or necessary work that may arise during the contract. The utilization of this reserve fund is at the sole discretion of the Customer. It is essential to note that this reserve fund is not an estimate for the aforementioned contingencies, and the actual costs associated with change orders, unforeseen items, or required work may surpass the reserved amount depending on their nature.

Any unused portion of the Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited back on the final invoice.

Alternatively, if not credited, the remaining funds will be promptly returned to the Customer in the form of a check following the completion of the final invoicing process. This approach guarantees financial transparency and effective management throughout the project.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY VISIT
A pre-construction trip to the manufacturing facility is included for four (4) Customer representatives.

The primary objective of this visit is to review and finalize, in detail, the specifications prior to the start of production. The pre-construction trip is anticipated to span four (4) days and three (3) nights, with scheduling details collaboratively determined between GSFA and the Customer.

GSFA will cover the costs associated with airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation during the stay at the manufacturer's location. Air travel will be arranged from one of the following airports:

Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

It is important to note that certain costs, including Customer ground transportation within California, airport parking, luggage fees, and incidental expenses during travel to the factory, fall within the responsibility of the Customer. Furthermore, flight reservations are non-refundable, and in the event of a cancellation post-booking, the Customer will bear all associated costs, encompassing not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees levied by the airline and/or travel agency.

Additionally, flight reservations are non-transferable. This delineation aims to establish clarity and #15..
- 777 -
transparency regarding the allocation of responsibilities and potential costs associated with the preconstruction trip.

Please note that one (1) factory pre-construction trip has been priced for the five (5) units being proposed. Meaning that the cost for this trip has been spread evenly over the five units.

FINAL INSPECTION, FACTORY VISIT
A final inspection trip to the manufacturing facility is included for four (4) Customer representatives. The primary objective of this visit is to ensure the adherence of the apparatus to specifications and promptly identify any potential deficiencies. The final inspection trip is anticipated to span five (5) days and four (4) nights, with scheduling details collaboratively determined between GSFA and the Customer.

Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

Additionally, flight reservations are non-transferable. This delineation aims to establish clarity and transparency regarding the allocation of responsibilities and potential costs associated with the final inspection trip.

Please note that one (1) factory final inspection trip has been priced for the five (5) units being proposed.

Meaning that the cost for this trip has been spread evenly over the five units.

DELIVERY TO AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY
GSFA will deliver the apparatus to our Northern California facility located in Sacramento for a comprehensive dealer preparation inspection. This service, conducted at the expense of GSFA, aims to have the apparatus in optimal condition at the time of final delivery.

To ensure the proper break-in of all components while still under warranty, the apparatus will be delivered under its own power. The use of rail or truck freight for transportation is deemed unacceptable in order to uphold the highest standards of quality assurance during the delivery process.

This approach not only aligns with warranty considerations but also emphasizes the commitment to delivering a fully operational apparatus to our valued customers.

PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE
Before reaching its final destination, the apparatus undergoes a pre-delivery service conducted by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc. This service is designed to tap into the expertise of an external source, providing an experienced perspective that enhances the thoroughness of your final inspection. Our pre-delivery service covers the following areas:

1. Engine Compartment and Undercarriage:
• Inspect for broken mounting brackets.
#15..
- 778 -
• Inspect and identify locations of any fluid leaks.
• General inspection of hoses, wiring, and linkage, focusing on potential wear points. • Verify correct fluid capacities for engine oil, coolant, power steering fluid, washer reservoir fluid, transmission fluid, rear-end fluid, pump transmission oil, and primer oil if applicable. • Re-torque U-bolts to OEM specifications if equipped with leaf spring suspension (Pierce Custom chassis only).

2. Interior:
• Confirm proper operation of doors, windows, and locks, ensuring accurate adjustment. • Confirm proper operation of seatbelt alarms.
• Confirm proper operation of all compartment door alarms, as well as hose bed cover, ladder rack, light tower, and deck gun alarms.
• Ensure functionality of auxiliary power points, interior lighting, mirror, and seat controls, and if applicable - headsets and radios.
• Inspect upholstery for quality and condition.

3. Exterior:
• Address reasonable paint scratches or chips.
• Tighten any loose hardware.
• Inspect tires and wheels, ensure proper pressure.
• Check compartment doors for proper operation and latch fit. • Lubricate compartment door locks if applicable.

4. Road Test:
• Conduct a road test with a full water tank (if applicable), covering approximately twenty miles on both city and highway roads.
• Perform a DOT compliant brake test to verify the system is holding air. • Inspect brake condition, wheel seals, and ensure drive train components reach optimal operating temperatures.
• Conduct an Allison Transmission self-diagnostic to verify fluid level, fluid and filter life, and check for fault codes.

5. Electrical:
• Verify the operation of all lights, sirens, and other electrical accessories.

6. Pump:
• Operate the Pressure Governor or Relief Valve, transfer valve, and check pump shift. • Inspect water tank, pump and plumbing for leaks and calibrate the water level gauge. • Ensure smooth operation of all discharge, suction, and drain valves.

7. Pierce Husky™ Foam System:
• If applicable, draft and inject clean water to ensure proper operation of the foam pump. #15..
- 779 -

8. Fuel and DEF Tanks:
• Fill the fuel tank and DEF tank prior to final delivery.

9. Wash:
• Thoroughly wash the apparatus prior to final delivery.

This pre-delivery service assists the apparatus to meet our high standards of quality and operational efficiency before reaching its final destination.

FINAL DELIVERY (CUSTOMER LOCATION)
GSFA will deliver the completed Product, inclusive of any relevant equipment, spare parts, and supplies, to the Customer's specified address at GSFA's expense.

In preparation for the Product's delivery, the Customer is required to furnish GSFA with proof of liability and physical damage insurance. GSFA will withhold the release of the Product until such proof of insurance is provided.

To ensure a timely delivery process, it is incumbent upon the Customer to settle any outstanding balance owed to GSFA before or at the time the Product is completed and ready for delivery. In the event of delayed payment or delivery, GSFA reserves the right to impose a late fee and daily storage charge as outlined in the Standard Terms and Conditions until payment is received.

For compliance with insurance liability considerations, the Product will only be delivered upon full acceptance and full payment, or through a prior written agreement mutually reached between the Customer and GSFA. This ensures a secure and efficient finalization of the delivery process, aligning with both parties' obligations and safeguarding against potential liabilities.

END OF EXHIBIT D
#15..
- 780 -
PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF MODESTO
Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
107’ Velocity Tractor Drawn Aerials

#15..
- 781 -
Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstatefire.com
#15..
- 782 -
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP
PRODUCT 1 PROPOSAL
#15..
- 783 -

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT
This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms
Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($747,290.00) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B
#15..
- 784 -
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Modesto Fire Department
409 12th Street
Modesto, CA 95354
Sales Consultant
Dewayne Young
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 777-0650
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF MODESTO (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 09/16/2024 10/31/2024 at 4:00
PM PST 30916-24T 930 Pierce Manufacturing Inc.

HGAC contract FS12-
23, Model 23A-110

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EXTENDED PRICE
A Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Velocity Tractor Drawn Aerials 4,550,000.00 B Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (684,800.00) C SUBTOTAL 3,865,200.00
D 8.875% State Sales Tax 343,036.50
E California Tire Fee 28.00
F 100% Payment and Performance Bond 10,080.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 4,218,344.50
#15..
- 785 -
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 45.5 to 48.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 09/16/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 30916-24T to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA __________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date
#15..
- 786 -

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

#15..
- 787 -
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 09/16/2024 10/31/2024 at 4:00
PM PST 30916-2BT 930 Pierce Manufacturing Inc.

HGAC contract FS12-
23, Model 23A-110

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EXTENDED PRICE
A Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Velocity Tractor Drawn Aerials 4,550,000.00 B 8.875% State Sales Tax 403,812.50
C California Tire Fee 28.00
D 100% Payment and Performance Bond 11,794.00
E GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 4,965,634.50
#15..
- 788 -
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 45.5 to 48.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 09/16/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 30916-2BT to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date
#15..
- 789 -
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 #15..
- 790 -
1 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to delivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Delivery Date” means the Product Completion timeframe plus the Predelivery Service timeframe equals the Delivery Date.
e. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Preparation under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
f. “Grand Total Purchase Price” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
g. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. h. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product. i. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. j. “Predelivery Service” means the Products and/or Services that will be provided by GSFA after transportation of the Product(s) from the manufacturing facility and prior to Final Delivery or Pick-Up. k. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
l. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
m. “Product Completion” means the fire apparatus(es) in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications being ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility. n. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
o. “Product Warranties” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
p. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. q. “Terms and Conditions” means these Standard Terms and Conditions, which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.
a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product at the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions), pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars. b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items #15..
- 791 -
2 or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date). c. Prepayment Discount. If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late fee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.
d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal). Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period, the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date), or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time #15..
- 792 -
3 of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.
a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal. Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is, notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon delivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.
b. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial nonconformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of delivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.
a. Change Orders. The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion); and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon delivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9. #15..
- 793 -
4 b. Additional Changes.
i. Component Price Volatility; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from any price increases for major components of the Product (including all associated taxes and fees thereon) for the Product or any Manufacturer Price Increases occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly. Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then-current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “PPI-Based Price Increase”). If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product Order in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non-reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order. ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA, and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.
iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.
c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.
a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA, 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “Product Purchase Price”); (b) after completion of the preconstruction phase of the order process, 20% of the Product Purchase Price; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding #15..
- 794 -
5 any Dealer Preparation or other pre-delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.
b. By GSFA. GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9.b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.
c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer. In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and delivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated. Such Agreement termination or Product termination, as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c.

10. Customer’s Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations #15..
- 795 -
6 of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances, purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives, and funding for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty. All applicable Manufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties. a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION), WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages. In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from nondelivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure to pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed #15..
- 796 -
7 products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or to such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin. It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self-registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other Party.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits, and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modification of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
#15..
- 797 -
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 #15..
- 798 -
Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766599 Boiler Plates, Tiller

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is pleased to submit a proposal to City Of Modesto Fire Department for a Pierce® Tractor-Drawn Aerial Ladder per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least two (2) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 9/15/2024
Customer: City of Modesto Bid Number: 930
Representative Young, Dewayne Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: 100' Velocity Tiller (30972 DUPL
Chassis: Velocity Tractor Chassis (Tiller), (Big Block), 2010 Body: Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body
Bid #: 930 1
#15..
- 799 -
ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Services by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within seventy five (75) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance Bid #: 930 2
#15..
- 800 -
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0018180 Single Source Compliance, Aerials

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer.

Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US
0624924 SP Unit Similar in Many Aspects

The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 30972. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2024 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533349 Aerial Fire Apparatus

0588613 Vehicle Certification, Aerial w/o Pump

Bid #: 930 3
#15..
- 801 -
0681279 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Aerial w/o Pump, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.

Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.

On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:

Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

Ultrasonic inspection will be conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components.

In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0799172 FLEET CUSTOMER

Bid #: 930 4
#15..
- 802 -
0536644 Customer Service Website

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide Pierce authorized dealer access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.
0620362 Consortium, HGAC

0535579 Not Required, Unit of Measure, (no
pump, no tank)
0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.

Bid #: 930 5
#15..
- 803 -
0816571 Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms
PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0611571 SP Drawing, As Built, At Delivery a
Revised Print w/ Changes, FLEET

FINAL DRAWING
There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup.
0891594 SP Drawing, Cab, Top View, Seating and
EMS Cabinets, Reference OnlyFLEET

DRAWING, CAB TOP VIEW
On the sales drawing a top view of the cab seating and EMS cabinets will be provided. The top view will be a reference only of the seating and EMS cabinets in the order. 0727746 SP Drawing, Compartment Layout,
FLEET

DRAWING, COMPARTMENT LAYOUT
A basic drawing will be provided for the interior body compartments. This drawing will be provided for graphic representation only and will include such things as shelves, trays, reels, dividers, air control panels, air bottle storage bins, poly boxes & etc. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0564218 Velocity Tractor Chassis (Tiller), (Big
Block), 2010

VELOCITY CHASSIS
The Pierce Velocity® chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility, eliminating any split responsibility.

The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. 0021007 Maximum Overall Height MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 140.00" (11'-8.00"). 0021010 Maximum Overall Length MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH
The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be 732.00” (61'-0"). 0523786 Angle of Approach

ANGLE OF APPROACH
The angle of approach will be 15.90 degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state.
0523787 Angle of Departure ANGLE OF DEPARTURE
The angle of departure will be 11.9 degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state.

Bid #: 930 6
#15..
- 804 -
0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 173.00".
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 76,600 pounds.
0000203 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF

FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
0020018 Frame Liner Not Req'd

0508849 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 22,800 lb, Imp/Vel

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be 0 degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees. 0010427 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 22,800 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0899288 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX
MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply, Fire
Service Speed

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply Armor MAX MSA, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed.
0019611 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.

Bid #: 930 7
#15..
- 805 -
0000310 Request for Turning Radius Report TURNING RADIUS REPORT A turning radius analysis of the custom Pierce chassis that we are proposing will be included with this proposal. This analysis will provide information on the inside turning radius, the outside turning radius, the curb to curb turning radius, and the wall to wall turning radius. 0530467 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS30-185, 31,000
lb, Imp/Vel/Dash CF

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-30-185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. 0544244 Top Speed of Vehicle, 60 MPH/96
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 mph/96KPH. 0555352 Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 312
EX, Air Ride, 31,000 lb

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson FMX 312 EX, air ride with a ground rating of 31,000 lb.

The suspension will have the following features:
- Heavy-duty shock absorbers to protect air springs from overextension - Heavy-duty torque rods and bushings
- Premium, heavy-duty rubber bushings require no lubrication - Integrated stabilizer design results in greater stability - Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality - Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0539392 Plug, Rear Axle Drain, Magnetic

REAR AXLE DRAIN PLUG
The rear axle drain plug will be magnetic.
0798161 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G751 MSA,
315/80R22.50, LRL, Single, Fire
Service Speed R

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 315/80R22.50 radials with load range L, all position, G751 MSA , rated for 33,080 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. 0889830 SP Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single, 315 GY

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa© 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of eight (8) tires.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0801932 Lug Nut, Covers, Stainless Steel

LUG NUT COVERS
Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0003246 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Tiller Axle
HUB COVERS (Tiller Axle)
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High
Hat (Pair)

REAR HUB COVERS
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs.

Bid #: 930 8
#15..
- 806 -
0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0020257 Mud Flap, Tiller Trailer, Pierce Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps will be installed behind the tiller trailer wheels of the apparatus. 0031931 Valve, Extension Stabilizer System,
Rear Duals
STABILIZER SYSTEM (Rear Valve Stems)
A valve stem stabilizer system will be provided on the rear duals. 0601010 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
Aerials

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0690999 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal, Angle Mount

Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be one (1) pair of Ziamatic SQCH-44-H horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic SAC-44-E folding wheel chocks.

The brackets will be mounted left side foreword of rear tire. The brackets will be mounted on an angle, with the "stop" down and opening up.
0822289 ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System,
Single Axle, Tiller, NFPA 1900/ULC

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco tractor 4S4M and tiller tractor 2S2M anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front, rear tractor axle, and a two (2) channel system on the tiller axle. It will be a digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology to control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock which will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "Off-road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0803729 Brakes, Meritor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x

8.63" No Dust Shield
The rear brakes will be Meritor™ 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters.

Dust shields cannot be provided.
0735527 Air Compressor, Brake, Wabco 26.8
CI, Paccar

AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM
The air compressor will be a Wabco single piston compressor with a 26.8 CI displacement. 0000786 Brake Reservoirs, Four BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Bendix® dual brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system capacity of 5,198 cubic inches
Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valve on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be painted same as frame color.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

Bid #: 930 9
#15..
- 807 -
0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.
0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0813346 Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting AIR INLET/OUTLET One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed with the female coupling located in the driver side lower step well of cab. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a needle valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 0792009 SP Outlet, Air, with shut off valve
Recessed, Fill In Blank Feature

AIR OUTLET
One (1) air outlet will be installed with a female coupling and shut off valve, located recessed P8 Rear compartment bulkhead, centered up and down, close to the roll up door. . This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment. 0656908 All Wheel Lock-up, Single Prk Brk
Control

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes and uses the spring brake at the rear.

Front brakes will apply with the standard parking brake control. 0658952 Air Tank, Additional for Extra Air Horn
Capacity, Velocity Tiller

AIR TANK, ADDITIONAL
An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use.

The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

The air tank(s) will be painted same as frame color .

The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine RPM. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options.
0771656 Clamps, Air Tanks, Stainless Steel,
Heavy Duty

AIR TANK CLAMPS
All clamps supporting the chassis air tanks will be a heavy duty stainless steel style clamp. 0607839 Fittings, Compression Type, Entire
Apparatus, Single Axle Tiller

COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY
Any nylon hose on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable.
0642617 Air Line, S/S Braid, Air Governor To
Air Dryer

AIR LINE
The air line from the air compressor governor to the air dryer will be stainless steel braid.

Bid #: 930 10
#15..
- 808 -
0808514 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lbft W/OBD, EPA 2027, Velocity ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Paccar
Model:

MX
Power:
510 hp at 1600rpm
Torque:
1850 lb-ft at 1000rpm
Governed Speed:
1900 rpm
Emissions Certification:

EPA 2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:

13.7L
Starter:

DP60
Fuel Filters:

Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator, and water in fuel sensor The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0000000 STF Engine Contingency Adjustment
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated,
Paccar MX13 Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
The compression release brake option is a fully integrated MX engine braking system. It utilizes the turbocharger and back pressure valve, but adds in a hydraulically operated compression brake to increase overall retarding power.

To maximize the effectiveness of the compression brake the MX engine brake system works in conjunction with the turbocharger and back pressure valve.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.
0733852 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Paccar,
VEL

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0734434 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Paccar, VEL

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with the body rub rail. The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel.

There will be an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system with a standard straight tip on the end provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.

Bid #: 930 11
#15..
- 809 -
0734440 Radiator, VEL, Paccar

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0511425 Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0812457 SP Fuel Tank, 50 Gallon, Dual Fills, w/
Air Suspension

FUEL TANK
A 50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand and right hand side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only".

A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlets.

The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.

Servicing the fuel tank pick-up tubes and fuel gauge sending unit will be capable of being accomplished by draining fuel and dropping tank.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0734402 DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under
Cab, Paccar, VEL

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 7.3 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted under the cab on the driver's side.

A fill inlet will be provided on the driver's side of the cab.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0552793 Not Required, Fuel Priming Pump

0802279 Shutoff Valve, Fuel Lines (2) @
Above Transmission, Paccar

FUEL SHUTOFF
Two (2) shutoff valves will be installed in the fuel lines at the bulkhead junctions above the transmission.
0891206 Cooler, Engine Fuel, Paccar MX13 FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0567427 Fuel Lines, Extended, PAL/Tiller

FUEL LINES
The fuel lines for the fuel tank will be approximately 4' longer than standard. This will allow the lines to be coiled above the fuel tank and aid in an easier removal of the fuel tank if necessary. 0690880 No Selection Required From This
Category
Bid #: 930 12
#15..
- 810 -
0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1st

3.51 to 1.00
2nd

1.91 to 1.00
3rd

1.43 to 1.00
4th

1.00 to 1.00
5th

0.75 to 1.00
6th

0.64 to 1.00
R

4.80 to 1.00
0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0801876 Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0734211 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK4, Paccar Pump, w/Cooler, Paccar

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Paccar hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0001544 Not Required, Steering Assist
Cylinder on Front Axle

0509230 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4- spoke design.
0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be: MODESTO
The second row of text will be: FIRE
The third row of text will be: DEPARTMENT
0612391 Oil, Steering Gear, 15W40, CK-4 STEERING GEAR OIL 15W 40, CK-4 oil will be provided for the steering gear.

Bid #: 930 13
#15..
- 811 -
0606606 Bumper, 10" Extended,
Painted/Reinforced, Impel/Velocity

BUMPER
A one (1)-piece, 0.25" thick steel channel bumper, a minimum 10.00" high will be attached to the front of the chassis frame. The bumper will be painted job color.

A 9.00" formed steel channel will be mounted directly behind bumper for additional strength.

The bumper will be extended 10.00" from front face of cab.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.
0510226 Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT,
Dash CF

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0522573 Tow Hooks Not Required, Due to Lift
and Tow Package

TOW HOOKS
No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes.
0822915 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper,
Outside Exterior, Rhino Lining, Black

RHINO COATING - FRONT BUMPER
Protective black Rhino Linings® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange.

The lining will be properly installed by an authorized Rhino Linings® dealer.

Bid #: 930 14
#15..
- 812 -
0647245 Cab, Velocity FR, 6000

CAB
The Velocity cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by Pierce Manufacturing.

To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be of heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts) and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of 0.25" heavy wall extrusions joined by a solid A356-T6 aluminum joint casting.

The B-pillar and C-pillar will also be constructed from 0.25" heavy wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 4.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 3.00" x 2.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 7.50" x

3.50" x 0.125" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.75" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.25" thick firewall, covered with a 0.125" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.38"), and reinforced with 24.50" wide x 10.00" deep x 0.50" thick supports on each side of the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will be welded to the A-pillar,

0.25" firewall, and engine tunnel, on the left and right sides.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.1875" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.44" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with three (3) 0.50" plates bolted together that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the front of the cab to the 0.1875" thick engine tunnel, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be a full-tilt style. A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 60.00" long.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) will be approximately 102.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The cab will have an interior width of not less than 93.50". The driver and passenger seating positions will have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level.

To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance will be provided.

The floor-to-ceiling height inside the forward cab will be no less than 60.25". The floor-to-ceiling height inside the crew cab will be no less than 52.95" in the center position and 58.75" in the outboard positions.

The crew cab will measure a minimum of 47.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom.

FENDER LINERS
Full-circular, aluminum inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing area will be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The 0.114" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be 21.65" long and together will clear a minimum of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather.

The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance.

FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD
A full-width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood will also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood will be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood will include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch System). The spring-loaded hood latch will be located at the center of the hood with a double-action release lever located behind the Pierce logo. The two (2)-step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch).
0724207 Engine Tunnel, X12-15, MX13, Foil
Insulation w/Mech Fasteners, Velocity
FR

ENGINE TUNNEL
To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of 0.50" aluminum plate that is welded to both the 0.25" firewall and 0.38" heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges will be tapered.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a 1.00" thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Bid #: 930 15
#15..
- 813 -
0818272 Cab Insulation, Extreme Climate, Foil
Insulation, Impel/Velocity

INSULATION PACKAGE
All insulation utilized in the cab construction will be provided for extreme climate temperatures.

The insulation will be provided in the following areas:

Engine tunnel
Cab and crew cab floors
Cab and crew cab step wells
Cab and crew cab doors
Cab roof
Cab and crew cab walls
0677478 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Aluminum
Treadplate

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0122466 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual
Override, Imp/Vel

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump will have a backup manual override, for use in the event of an electrical failure.

The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted raise/lower switch.

For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on/off switch will be supplied on a coiled cord that will extend from 2.00' (coiled) to 6.00' (extended).

The cab will be capable of tilting 42 degrees and 80 degrees with crane assist to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots will be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab.

The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (2)-point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual 2.25" diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0550343 Special Circuit, Cab Tilt w/o Ignition
Switch

CAB TILT CIRCUIT
The cab tilt mechanism will be operational with the battery switch on and with parking brake set. 0751126 Grille, Bright Finished, Painted Mesh
Screen, Front of Cab, Impel/Velocity

GRILLE
An aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air intake to the radiator. The mesh screen will be painted black #101.
0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a 1.00" polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb.
0527032 Trim, S/S Band, Across Cab Face,
Rect Lights, Velocity

FRONT CAB TRIM
A band of 22 gauge polished stainless steel trim will be installed across the front of the cab, from door hinge to door hinge. The trim band will be centered on the head lights and applied with two (2)-sided tape. A 0.625" self adhesive trim strip will be applied around the perimeter of the trim band.

There will be polished stainless steel corner covers provided over the painted cab corner where the cab turn signals are located.
0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0783530 SP Mirrors, Ramco, 8000PCHR, All
Heated/Remote, w/Convex, Dr Mnt,
Add Wiring

MIRRORS
One (1) Ramco, Model 8000-PCHR, polished aluminum mirror will be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be 9.25" wide x 13.50" high with a convex section.The mirror head will have a highly polished aluminum finish.

The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

The convex section in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

For ease of maintenance each mirror will be provided with an additional 6.00" of wiring for service needs.

Bid #: 930 16
#15..
- 814 -
0589624 SP Mirror, 8" Round Convex, Tiller Body

CONVEX MIRRORS (tiller body)
An 8.00" diameter round convex mirror with adjustable arm will be installed on each side rear of the tiller body.
0651313 Door, Half-Height, Velocity FR 4-Door
Cab, Level Roof

CAB DOORS
The forward cab and crew cab doors will be the half-height style door. To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 64.71" high. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of 37.87" wide x 64.71" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.125". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

The forward cab door windows will include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the front to enhance visibility.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab and crew cab door.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The cab steps at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655511 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Impel/Velocity 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. The cab door panels will be removable.
0667905 Storage Pockets w/ Elastic Cover,
Recessed, Overhead, Impel/Velocity
FR

RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER
To provide organized storage (clutter control) in the cab for miscellaneous equipment, the cab interior will be provided with recessed storage pockets. The pockets will be 5.63" wide x 2.00" high x 4.00" deep. The pockets will be provided with a perforated elastic material cover to secure the equipment in the pocket. The pockets will be installed in all available mounting locations of the overhead console.
0637961 SP Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab
Doors, DS Instr Pnl Swtch, Imp/Vel
FR

ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS
Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. The driver control panel will contain a control switch for each cab door's window. This control panel will be located within easy reach to the driver in the center instrument console. The officer and crew cab door control panels will contain a single switch to operate the window within that door.

The window switches will be connected directly to the battery power. This allows the windows to be raised and lowered when the battery switch is in the off position. 0662776 Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
Conceal Switch Feature, Imp/Vel

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and passenger doors will have a door lock master switch (custom designed rotary lock knob) built into the interior door latch that will control all front and rear side exit door locks.

Each rear cab door will have its own lock control. Each door will have a keyed exterior lock mechanism built into the door handle assembly.

There will be one (1) concealed switch located DS - Aerial Hydraulics Manual Control Compartment.

The lock system will include two (2) key FOBs that allow for keyless entry into the vehicle. The key FOB system will use code hopping technology for high security and be FCC part 15 compliant.
0555485 Steps, 4-Door Full Tilt Cab, Imp/Vel

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 24.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps.

Bid #: 930 17
#15..
- 815 -
0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0892637 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step

STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (4) white P25 LED step lights provided. The lights will be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step. The lights will be located in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light.

The light(s) will have a chrome housing.

The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. 0002140 Fenders, S/S on Cab

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0825060 Tractor 5th Wheel and Fenders,
Single

FIFTH WHEEL
The fifth wheel will be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore & aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel will also be capable of full operation up to a 14 degree break over angle.

A fill and a gauge port will be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance.

LOCKOUT
A fifth wheel lockout system will be provided to limit motion during aerial operations.

The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, will prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly.

In the normal road travel condition the cylinder mounted solenoid valves will be open and will allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders.

When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves will close.

The closed valves will allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly will become rigid.

There will be a cylinder lockout indicator located in the cab.

FENDER PANELS
The chassis behind the cab will be assembled with fender panels over the wheels.

The fender panels will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength.

Fender design will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

WALKWAY
The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel will be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area.

The walkway area will be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails.

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable.

The running boards will be covered with aluminum treadplate. 0122479 Window, Side of C/C, Fixed, Velocity

CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 20.00" wide x 20.50" high.
0552935 Trim, Cab Side Windows, Velocity

WINDOWS INTERIOR TRIM
For improved aesthetics, the cab side windows will include a vacuum formed ABS interior trim panel.
0509286 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew
Cab, Imp/Vel
0558334 Not Required, Trim, Cab Rear
Windows, No Rear Windows

0887710 Window Coatings, Solar Film,
Cab/Crew Cab

WINDOW COATINGS
All cab and crew cab windows will have solar window film applied. The solar film will block UV rays and excess heat while not impacting the visibility or clarity of the window.

Bid #: 930 18
#15..
- 816 -
0123686 Drip Rail, Cab Roof,
Impel/Velocity/Velocity SLT

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be constructed of bright polished extruded aluminum, and be bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. 0199285 Visor, Exterior, Vel/Imp

EXTERIOR VISOR
The exterior sun visor will be a painted composite to match the job color. The five (5) forward facing marker lights will be mounted to the visor.
0644019 Holder, Cup, 4" Diameter x 4" High x
1" Slit on Side, Matting, Alum, Each

CUP HOLDER
There will be four (4) cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will be 4.00" in diameter x 4.00" high. An approximate 1.00" wide recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold beverage containers with handles.

Black rubber matting will be provided on the bottom of each cup holder.

The cup holder(s) will be painted to match the cab interior and located Mount at Pick-up. 0629017 Work Surface, 3/16" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Lower Rear, Rear Lip,
Vel/Imp FR

WORK SURFACE
There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will cover the entire engine tunnel and will be constructed of 0.188" aluminum to allow the mounting of equipment.

The work surface will continue horizontally to the flat portion at the rear of the engine tunnel. The work surface will drop to the lower flat portion of the engine tunnel and finish at the end of the engine tunnel. The lower portion of the work surface will be provided with a 3.00" lip. The work surface will be painted to match the cab interior.
0664465 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
There will be one (1) Gen II Hands-Free bracket(s) provided in the crew cab. For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the user to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the bracket. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle for up to a 9G force (dynamic sled test), which meets the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The bracket(s) will be located centered in the area where the drivers side foreword facing seat would be, low enough to be reached from the ground.
0745931 SP Modification, Reinforcement, Officer's
Side Recessed Dash, AXT, Imp/Vel

MODIFICATION/REINFORCEMENT OF OFFICER'S DASH
The area under the officer's side dash will be reinforced with an aluminum plate for a more rigid mounting for the customer's computer mount. The plate will be painted to match the cab interior. 0748671 Cab Interior, Vinyl, Velocity FR,
CARE

CAB INTERIOR
With safety as the primary objective, the wrap-around style cab instrument panel will be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road.

The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer and will be easily removable.

The passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash will include a flat working surface.

To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a painted aluminum overhead console will also be provided.

To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels will be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel will provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners.

To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall will be covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The headliner panel will be a composition of an aluminum panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery.

The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor will be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by painted aluminum covers. The raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl. All cab interior materials will meet FMVSS 302 (flammability of interior materials).
0667943 Cab Interior, Paint Color,
Impel/Velocity FR

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The following metal surfaces will be painted black, vinyl textured paint:

Modesty panel in front of driver
Vertical surface of dash in front of the officer (not applicable for recessed dash) Glove box in front of the officer (if applicable)
Power distribution in front of the officer
Rear heater vent panels
The remaining cab interior metal surfaces will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint.

Bid #: 930 19
#15..
- 817 -
0509532 Floor, Rubber Padded Cab & Crew
Cab, Imp/Vel, Dash CF

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 0894651 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Velocity FR,
w/PACCAR, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be no auxiliary heater provided in the rear facing seat risers.

Air Conditioning
A 13.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to match the cab roof.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be hinged with two (2) thumb latches.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.

The drain tubes will terminate under the cab, on the inboard side of the front wheelwells. 0627910 Sun Visor, Vinyl/Fabric, Imp/Vel

SUN VISORS
There will be two (2) vinyl covered sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be a polished stainless steel bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.
0762975 SP Grab Handles, Driver and Passenger
Door Post, Black Powdercoat,
Imp/Vel

GRAB HANDLE
A black powder coated grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side and passenger side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0002526 Light, Engine Compt, All Custom
Chassis

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
An engine compartment light will be installed under the engine tunnel, of which the switch is an integral part. Light will have a 0.125" diameter hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention.

Bid #: 930 20
#15..
- 818 -
0122516 Fluid Check Access, Imp/Vel

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door will be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional port will be provided for filling the engine oil.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.
0583042 Side Roll and Frontal Impact
Protection

CAB SAFETY SYSTEM
The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following:

A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event.

A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight (8) crew cab seating positions.

A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system.

A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt.

A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt.

Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall.

Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Frontal Impact Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event:

Driver side front air bag
Passenger side knee bolster air bag
Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place Side Roll Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll:

Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place 0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Belted Seats SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be four (4).
0697005 Seat, Driver, Pierce PS6, Premium,
Air Ride, High Back, Safety,

PRIMARY

DRIVER SEAT
A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include electric controls to adjust the rake (15 degrees), height (1.75" travel) and horizontal (7.00" travel) position. Electric controls will be located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. Providing for maximum comfort, the seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, for lower back support, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. The lumbar adjustment lever will be easily located at the lower outboard position of the seat cushion. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

Bid #: 930 21
#15..
- 819 -
0696994 Seat, Officer, Pierce PS6, Premium,
Air Ride, SCBA, Safety, PRIMARY

OFFICER SEAT
A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a cam action type with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not belted.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 7.5 degree fixed recline angle, and will include minimum 4.50" wide x 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt and then retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
0122182 Seat, Rr Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd, Pierce
PS6, Premium, Hi-Back, Safety,

PRIMARY

REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) rear facing, Pierce PS6® seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 7.50 degree fixed recline angle, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC. (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0122185 Seat, Rr Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd, Pierce
PS6, Premium, Hi-Back, Safety,

PRIMARY

REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) rear facing, Pierce PS6® seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 7.5 degree fixed recline angle, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0108189 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, LS Outboard
0827849 SP Cabinet, Fwd Fcng, Ctr, 44 W x 18 H
x 18 D, Drop Dr, C2, No Lt, NonNFPA,Imp/Vel

FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position.

The cabinet will be 44.00" wide x 18.00" high x 18.00" deep. A drop down door with two (2) Southco C2 chrome raised trigger lever latches will be provided. The clear door opening will be

41.50" wide x 15.50" high.

The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 0.75" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be no lighting provided in the compartment.

NFPA 1900 and ULC 515, 2024 edition, section 10.9.5.4 requires that each enclosed compartment greater than 4 cubic feet in volume and having an opening greater than 144 squared inches will have sufficient compartment lighting to provide a minimum of 2 fc at any location on the floor of the compartment.

Per fire department specification and request for no lights to be provided in this compartment, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1900 and ULC 515 standards effective at time of contract execution.

Bid #: 930 22
#15..
- 820 -
0108190 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, RS Outboard
0617410 Matting, Turtle Tile, EMS Compt,
Shelving, 0.75" Thick

MATTING IN EMS COMPARTMENT
Turtle Tile vinyl matting will be provided in two (2) EMS compartment shelves, Fwd Facing Cabinets in Crew Cab. 1) in lower Compt. and 1) in Upper Compt.. Tile color will be black. 0752005 Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a 2.00" lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints
There will be one (1) cabinets(s) provided with the lip Size ; 16" x 20" with 2" lip creating a storage tray. Engine tunnel worksurface. Mount at Pick-up.. 0746506 Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides,
2nd

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a 1.00" lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints
There will be one (1) cabinets(s) provided with the lip Top of forward facing cabinet in crew cab area.
0827857 SP Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 44
W x 22 H x 18 D, Above Lower
Cabinet, Web

FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided, mounted flush with the rear wall, centered on the lower forward facing cabinet.

The cabinet will be 44.00" wide x 22.00" high x 18.00" deep. The interior door will be web netting.

The netting will be made with 2.00" wide nylon material with 2.00" openings permanently fastened on the bottom with seat belt buckle fasteners on the top to secure it. The clear door opening will be 41.50" wide x 19.00" high.

The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 0.75" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening and one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 0820412 Fasteners, Mechanical, Strip Lighting,
Cab Compartments

BRACKETS/CLAMPS FOR COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
Metal clamps will be used to retain the strip lighting in all cab compartments. 0766467 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Seats Inc, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have five (5) seating positions.
0773582 SCBA Brackets, Cab Seats, Provided
by Fire Department

SCBA BRACKETS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The SCBA brackets are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the SCBA brackets upon delivery.
0639023 SP Driver Seat Hooked to Battery
Switched IPO Ignition Switched

DRIVER SEAT POWER
The driver seat power for the adjustability will be powered when the master battery switch is turned on in place of the standard ignition switched.
0734952 Door, Access, Front, (2) Rear Facing
Seat Risers, No Heater

ACCESS DOOR
An access door will be provided in the front edge of each rear facing seat riser with a drop down door. The drop down door will be provided with a Southco C2 chrome raised trigger lever latch and painted to match the cab interior. There will be no louvers. 0603867 Seat Belt, ReadyReach

SEAT BELTS
All seating positions in the cab, crew cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have red seat belts.

To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

Bid #: 930 23
#15..
- 821 -
0604867 Seat Belt Height Adjustment, 4 Seats,
Imp/Vel, Dash CF

SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
All seating positions furnished with 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter.

A total of four (4) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness. 0627014 Pick Not Required, Seat Belt Color
Selected in Seat Belt Category

0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2, requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647638 Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4
Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Weldon, 808* series, dual LED dome lights with grey bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.
0650184 Lights, Dome, Weldon, Dual LED

ADDITIONAL DOME LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Weldon 8080/8081 series, dual LED dome lights with grey bezel(s) mounted in the cab and/or crew cab located centered above the foreword facing seat, inline with the rear 2 lights.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED(s) will be controlled by the same switching as the crew cab dome lights.

The color LED(s) will be controlled by the same switching as the crew cab dome lights.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0628472 Light, Map, Overhead, Peterson
M371S LED, Rectangular w/Switch
2lts

OVERHEAD MAP LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Peterson, Model M371S, rectangular LED adjustable map lights installed in the cab:

One (1) overhead in front of the driving position.

One (1) overhead in front of the passenger's position.

Each light will include a switch on the light housing.

The light switches will be connected directly to the battery switched power. 0804719 Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan,
44451, C4 LED, Tail Lts, 12v, Orange

HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be four (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, Model #44451, hand lights provided with a vehicle mount with 12VDC direct wire charging rack and quick release buckle strap mounted Match Job 30972.

Each light housing will be orange in color and be provided with a C4, LED and two (2) "ultra bright blue tail light LEDs". The tail light LEDs will have a dual mode of blinking or steady. 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary.

The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) ivory gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (Volts)
Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
High volts (15 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very high volts (16 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H) Bid #: 930 24
#15..
- 822 -
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions)
Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very low fuel (1/32) fuel
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI)
Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Front air pressure gauge (PSI)
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Rear air pressure gauge (PSI)
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission)
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat)
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for 3 to 5 seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode.

Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights.

Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position Bid #: 930 25
#15..
- 823 -
that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held.

The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications.

High idle engagement switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position.

The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for 3 to 5 seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4-way hazard switch: A two (2)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the 4-way hazard switch function. The second switch position will activate the 4-way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the international 4-way hazard symbol.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
SRS diagnostic port (where applicable)
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.

Bid #: 930 26
#15..
- 824 -
0606017 SP Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
VTX609R Red LED 2lts, DS PS
Indicator
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model VTX609R, red LED indicator lights with chrome trim located in the driving compartment. The lights will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." One (1) light will be installed over the driver's position.

One (1) light will be installed over the passenger's position in the cab.

One light will indicate the status of the doors on the driver's side of the apparatus and one light will indicate the status of the doors on the passenger's side and rear of apparatus.

All other items that activate the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light will activate both flashing red indicator lights.

The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released.
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611681 Switching, Cab, Membrane,
Impel/Velocity/Quantum, Dash CF,
AXT WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity

WIPER CONTROL
For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1)-speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch.

The control will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use.
0002565 Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab

HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE
An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel.
0002615 Switch, Aerial 12V Master

AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 0770696 Aerial PTO Activated with Aerial
Master Sw

AERIAL PTO ACTIVATION
The aerial PTO will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated and the interlocks are met.

Bid #: 930 27
#15..
- 825 -
0820920 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be per IP layout.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1045 dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0821239 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5025 Batt Dir 2nd
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate in LS1 of the trailer body, Match 30972, front bulkhead.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821240 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5025 Batt Dir 3rd
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate RS1 of the trailer body, Match 30972 front bulkhead.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

Battery Direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821263 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate to be located at pickup, behind officer seat.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5026, 12 circuit with negative bus bar, straight blade fuse block. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821725 Wiring, Spare, 3 A 12V DC Batt Dir
1st NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 3.0 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate Per IP Layout, Matching 30972.

Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

Battery Direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0822267 SP Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, 6 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5025 Batt Dir 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate Upper Left Backwall Corner, Upper forward facing cabinet in crew cab area.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
Bid #: 930 28
#15..
- 826 -
0562103 Wire, 14-ga. Spare, Dual Wire, pair
2nd
14 GAUGE SPARE WIRE
There will be a pair of 14 gauge wires, one (1) with black insulation and one (1) with white insulation, included in a separate loom installed in the apparatus.

These wires will be routed from 3' Pigtail as high and forward on the backwall as possible and extended to Fuse block in LS1.

These wires will not be connected to any power source and will not be connected to the vehicle electrical system.
0566101 Recess, Dash Panel, Officer Side,
Vel/Imp

DASH PANEL RECESS
The dash panel across from the officer will be recessed to accommodate the mounting of miscellaneous items. The recess will be 7.25" down x 7.81" back and 20.88" wide. 0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition Bid #: 930 29
#15..
- 827 -
occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0734854 Collision Mitigation, Not Requested

Bid #: 930 30
#15..
- 828 -
0606249 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ and
Overhead Display Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display and in the center overhead of the cab instrument panel. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0780137 SP Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-
Radio, (D,O,RPTT), 2obC, TC, 3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
A five (5) position intercom system with single radio interface capability at the driver and officer positions and remote push to talk buttons located TBD will be provided. Two (2) outboard crew cab positions and the tiller operator will have radio listen / intercom only.

The following David Clark components will be supplied with this system:

One (1) U3805 radio cord junction module
Two (2) U3815 Radio Interface Modules
Two (2) Remote Push To Talk button kits
One (1) U3800 Intercom Module (1 Crew)
One (1) U3802 Intercom Module (1) Crew)
One (1) C3820 Power Cable
One (1) U3801 Intercom Module (Tiller)
All necessary cables and connectors
0637058 David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to Motorola APX 7000 .
0589947 Headset, David Clark, H3432 Over
The Head, Flex Mic, Push On Push
Off

OVER THE HEAD HEADSET
There will be five (5) over the head, headset(s) provided each seat.

Each David Clark, Model H3432, headset will feature:
5' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0819255 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA/ULC
2024, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be five (5) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat, tiller operator seat and rear, center, forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA and ULC standards for equipment mounting. 0559156 Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s)

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be two (2) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed PS overhead, loc 6 per the shipping document.

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed.

Bid #: 930 31
#15..
- 829 -
0687904 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Behind Officer Seat

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be three (3) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed behind officer seat on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to behind the officer seat. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera,
SD, CL714

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) Standard Definition (SD) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat.

The following components will be included:

One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera
All necessary cables
0814831 Not Required, Camera Switcher Camera Switcher
A camera switcher is not required.
0808257 SP Camera, Pierce, 7" HD tiller Cab, RS,
LS Fwd Fcng Tiller Cam, Turn, AHD

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) Analog High Definition (AHD) camera located on the right side behind the rear wheels on a bracket to clear the fender crowns of the tiller trailer, pointing forward, displayed automatically when the right turn signal is activated.

One (1) AHD camera located on the left side behind the rear wheels on a bracket to clear the fender crowns of the tiller trailer, pointing forward, displayed automatically when the left turn signal is activated.

There will be two (2) 7.00" High Definition (HD) displays, one (1) each side of the tiller cab dash to view the respective side cameras.

The following components will be included:

Two (2) HD700136DC, HD Displays
Two (2) 1080p, AHD Side Cameras
All necessary cables
0653350 Guards, Vehicle Camera(s), Painted
Smooth Aluminum

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARDS
There will be one (1) smooth, tapered aluminum guard(s) fastened over the cab / body camera(s) located over camera on back of tiller cab. The guards will be painted to match the surface they are attached to.
0896458 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System, Vel
WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Bid #: 930 32
#15..
- 830 -
Operating temperature from -40C to +70C
Storage temperature from -40C to +70C
Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and highpowered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Bid #: 930 33
#15..
- 831 -
0730603 Electrical System, Velocity ESP,
Cummins, Paccar

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0098841 Batteries, (6) Deka Grp 31, 1000
CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
Six (6) 12 volt, Deka, Model 1231MF, maintenance free group 31 batteries that include the following features, each, will be provided:
1000 CCA (cold cranking amps)
185 reserve capacity
High cycle
Ref. CA of 1190 at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
185 reserve capacity
Threaded studs
0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0123174 Battery Compartment, Imp/Vel

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
The batteries will be stored in well-ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The compartments will include formed fit heavy-duty roto-molded polyethylene battery tray inserts with drains on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will be mounted inside of the roto-molded trays.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be installed on the battery box on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable access. 0803511 Not Required - Battery Charger
Included In Inverter/Charger Category
0814995 Not Required, Location Picked From
Location,Inverter/Battery
Charger/Conditioner
0814971 Not Required, Location Ind/Remote
Bid #: 930 34
#15..
- 832 -
0822831 SP Inverter/Battery Charger, Xantrex
Frdm XC Pro 818-2010, Sw,
NonNFPA 2024 100 Amp

INVERTER / BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Xantrex part number 818-2000, inverter/battery charger with internal transfer relay provided.

There will be an Master on/off switch provided in the driver side cab switch panel.

The battery charger DC output will be 100A.

The inverter will be connected to the batteries through proper fusing and also to shoreline AC power.

An auto transfer switch will be included allowing AC loads connected to the inverter to be powered from the battery whenever shoreline AC power is not available, and the main chassis battery switch is on. If shoreline AC power is available, the battery charger function will be active and the AC loads connected.

Per NFPA1900, 2024 Edition 21.5.5.2*
The alternator and/or battery system will be adequate to provide power for continuous operation for a minimum of 2 hours at full output.

Per the fire department specifications, if all DC loads on the NFPA required electrical analysis report are active, the alternator cannot provide adequate power for continuous operation for 2 hours. The apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution.

Load management will be activated in low voltage situations, and the inverter will be deenergized until chassis electrical system voltage recovers. 0814986 Location, Body, Inverter/Battery
Charger, Forward Compartment, RS
The battery charger/inverter will be located in the right side forward body compartment located on the right wall as high as practical.
0812411 Display, Kussmaul Single Bat Status
Ind 091-94-12, Wired to Batteries

BATTERY CHARGE DISPLAY
There will be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-94-12, universal single battery bank bar graph display provided.

The display will read voltage direct from the battery system. 0814950 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote Display,
Cab Seat Riser, LS
The battery charger/Inverter status indication/display(s) will be located in the cab left side seat riser.
0016838 Shoreline, 30A 120V, Twist lock,
NEMA L5-30

SHORELINE
There will be one (1) 30 amp 120 volt AC twist lock inlet(s) NEMA L5-30 with gray cover(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to battery charger and block heater.

A mating connector body will also be supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. 0036802 Sub Feed Breaker Box Cutler
Hammer, For Shoreline

SUB FEED CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX (shoreline)
A Cutler Hammer sub feed box will be supplied to protect the on board circuits when an auxiliary power source is used.

The box will be installed in the mount high on forward wall of D9.

The sub feed box will distribute power to specific circuits in the vehicle.

A directory for each breaker will be provided adjacent to the circuit breaker panel.

Identification of circuits will be done in a durable manner that provides years of service. 0783395 Transfer Switch, Generator to
Shoreline 30 Amp and Under

GENERATOR TO SHORELINE TRANSFER SWITCH
There will be an automatic transfer switch between the onboard generator and the shoreline inlet.

The loads connected to the transfer switch will be power from the onboard generator when the generator is running.
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0686615 Set Command Zone Clock To Pacific
Standard Time
Bid #: 930 35
#15..
- 833 -
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at halfsecond intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0648425 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts,
Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600® series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided.

The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's. 0805325 Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED,
15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M62T*, amber LED directional lights provided on the rear wall of the transverse compartment on the tractor, near the kingpin. The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

Each light will be surface mounted in a 15 degree angled bracket with chrome housing.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be Steady On (Arrow). 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.

Bid #: 930 36
#15..
- 834 -
0648074 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 7 Lts

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations:

Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED marker lights will be installed, one (1) on each side above the cab doors. 0534987 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0514453 Light, Marker End Outline, Rubber
Arm, LED Marker Lamp

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located at the rear of the trailer body. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 0804519 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw
w/Flange

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting will include the following:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

The lights to include chrome trim.
0805618 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU

There will be two (2) Whelen® Model M62BU, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep backup lights with white LEDs, clear lenses and chrome trim provided. 0889571 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt, Loc

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided and located TBD.

One (1) white LED light with black housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
0049818 Guard, Alum Treadplate Over Lights

PROTECTIVE COVER FOR LIGHTS
There will be eight (8) aluminum treadplate cover(s) installed above the light(s) located Trailer and cab side scene lights. to protect them from damage.

Bid #: 930 37
#15..
- 835 -
0578264 Flash Pattern, California Title13, LED
Warning Lights

WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN
The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern.
0658406 Light, Marker, Britax Rubber Arm,
Model 427.200.LB, Amber/Amber,
Qty/Loc

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of amber marker lights with rubber arm located rear of D1 and P1.

There will be an amber lens that faces the front and the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 0059809 Light, Marker, Weldon, 9186-1500
LED, Location

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of Weldon, Model: 9186-1500-10 or 9186-1500-20, LED marker lights installed on this apparatus, one (1) light each side per the quantity selected.

These lights will be activated with the headlight switch.

These lights will be located on top of the trailer catwalk directly above the tiller trailer axle on each side. These lights will be installed into the rub rail or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage.

Amber lights will be used except for the rear most light at the rear of the apparatus which will be red.
0634118 SP Mounting, Flange for Marker Type
Light, Treadplate, Pair

LIGHT MOUNTING
There will be one (1) pair of light mounting bracket(s) provided on the apparatus. Each bracket will be made from aluminum treadplate material and provide an area for a light to be mounted. It will be completely enclosed so the light will not be damaged from the back. The mounting will mount on the centered with the rear tiller axle just below the side sheet flange so the light can be mounted shining straight up per job 27235 .
0648630 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq E10-
WS00-1 LED 4Dr, Angled Brkt

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq Model E10-WS00-1, 6.44" long x 1.38" high x 1.00" deep 12 volt DC weatherproof LED lights with a fabricated aluminum 45 degree brackets provided under the cab and crew cab access areas:

One (1) for the driver's access.

One (1) for the passenger's side front cab access door.

One (1) for the passenger's side crew cab access door.

One (1) for the driver's side crew cab access door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the adjacent doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0888060 SP Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq E10-
W000-1 4lts, Turntbl/Rr Stp, Tiller

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq, Model E10-W000-1, 1.39" high x 6.39" long x 0.98" deep lights with white LEDs provided .

The lights will be mounted in the following locations:

One (1) light will be provided under the left side turntable access steps.

One (1) light will be provided under the left side tiller cab access steps.

One (1) light will be provided under the right side tiller cab access steps.

One (1) light will be provided under the right side turntable access steps.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated by a a switch within reach of the driver is activated, the parking brake is applied and a switch within reach of the tiller driver is activated. 0780173 SP Lights, Perimeter, TecNiq E10-WS00-
1 6.39" LED

ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be ten (10) TecNiq, Model E10-WS00-1, 1.39" high x 6.39" long light(s) with white LEDs provided under TBD.

These additional lights will be controlled with the other body perimeter lights. 0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0813525 Lights, Step, P25 LED, Tiller, Control,
Trim Feature

STEP LIGHTS
There will be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x trim shall be chrome 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be activated when parking brake is applied.

The [Color, Trim].

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Bid #: 930 38
#15..
- 836 -
0693551 Lights, Tractor Scene, Wln M9LZC
LED, pair

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M9LZC, LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior wall of the tractor cab with chrome flanges.

The lights will be controlled by the aerial master switch. 0725783 Lights, Centering, Cab Roof, Tlr,
Clpsbl, Attwood NV2002SS-7,
Red/Grn LED

CENTERING LIGHT
There will be an Attwood, Model NV2002SS-7, split red/green LED light installed with a 12.00" long tall collapsible mast, centered on the crew cab roof. The light will be used by the tillerman to center the tiller trailer to the chassis tractor.

The light will be wired to the headlight switch.
0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer,
Cnt Feature, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the front visor, centered.

The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0889659 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED,
LS Cab, Mtg Fet
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 9,720 lumens 2.48" high x 30.37" wide x 2.15" deep 12 volt DC light(s) with white and amber LEDs provided on the left side of the cab roof located, Centered above side crew cab window. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed with extended horizontal mounts.

The light(s) will include the following:

Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) warning light modules with red LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The marker light included in this light housing to be energized with the headlight switch.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s).

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0727946 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED,
RS Cab, Mt Fet
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 12,960 lumens 30.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the right side of the cab roof located, Centered above Crew Cab side window. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed with flat horizontal mounts.

The light(s) will include the following:

Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) warning light modules with red LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights to be steady burning when the headlight switch is on.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s).

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748793 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Whelen® Model S44M**, 19,440 lumens 44.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, 1) Starting at front corner of RS9 extending back (top of Cmpt.) 1) Starting at rear corner of RS6 extending forward (top of Cmpt.) 1) Starting at aerial cradle and extending rearward, as inboard as possible. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) warning light modules with red LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights to be steady burning when the headlight switch is on.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel, by a switch in the tiller cab and by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light (s).

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 930 39
#15..
- 837 -
0748795 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Whelen® Model S44M**, 19,440 lumens 44.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, 1) Starting at front corner of LS7 extending back (top of Cmpt.) 1) Starting at rear corner of LS4 extending forward (top of Cmpt.) 1) Starting at aerial cradle and extending rearward, as inboard as possible. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights to be steady burning when the headlight switch is on.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel, by a switch in the tiller cab and by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s).

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0898153 Lights, Wln, PSL1** Pioneer, 12 VDC,
2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PSL1**, 3,150 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) installed on the body located, under driver side of the trailer body ahead and behind the trailer axle, mounted at a 45 degree angle towards the tire, the rear light to be centered below RS1 and the forward light at an equal distance under RS5 from center of axle, to be used for corner.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) to be installed in a chrome 15 degree vertical recessed bracket.

The lights will be controlled when the battery switch is on and when the Tiller Cab left directional signal is activated, the left scene lights will activate. When the right directional signal is activated, the right scene lights will activate.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0766481 Lights, Wln, PSL1** Pioneer, 12 VDC,
1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PSL1**, 3,150 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) installed on the body located, under driver side of the trailer body ahead and behind the trailer axle, mounted at a 45 degree angle towards the tire, the rear light to be centered below LS1 and the forward light at an equal distance under LS4 from center of axle, to be used for corner.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) to be installed in a chrome 15 degree vertical recessed bracket.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0815635 SP Light, Wln, 12V PCPSM2*, 12 VDC,
Rear Facing, Id Lts Rr Til Cab Spcl
Brkt
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 20,888 lumens 12 volt surface mount light(s) with white LEDs, black trim and a combination of flood and spot optics.

The light will be located on the rear face of the tiller cab on a special fabricated bracket mounted as high as possible and centered, that will allow the rear identification lights to be installed directly above the light. The bracket will allow the light to overhang the tiller rear window without interference.

The bracket will be smooth aluminum painted to match the mounting surface.

The light will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel, by a switch in the tiller cab and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the driver's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground.

The light may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0898045 SP Light, Wln, 12V P*H2*, 12 VDC 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB There will be two (2) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 20,261lumens 12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and spot flood combination optics. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s) and located on the tiller cab, One (1) Each side of tiller cab forward above window. Match 30972.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch in the tiller cab and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the passenger's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532322 Not Required, Hose Bed Lights, Alt.

Rear Scene Lights, Aerials
0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
12 Volt Lights At Rear Body
0709438 Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be Model FRP, 4" round black 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) with bolt mount provided to illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body.

The light(s) will be activated when the body step lights are on.

Bid #: 930 40
#15..
- 838 -
0090655 Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body

0554269 Body Skirt Height, 18"

0013481 Not Required, Hose Bed Capacity

0013534 Not Required, Running Boards

0825621 Turntable Steps-Morton Cass, LS/RS,
Tiller Single Axle

TURNTABLE STEPS
Steps to access the turntable from the left and right side will be provided just behind the reservoir compartment. The bottom step will have a step height not exceeding 24.00" from the ground to the top surface of the step at any time. All steps will have a height no greater than 14.00" from top surface to top surface.

The steps will be welded in place with the stepping area made of Morton Tread-Grip® channel.

The stepwell will be lined with bright aluminum treadplate to act as scuffplates.

A knurled aluminum handrail handrail will be provided on the forward side of the access steps. 0690023 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum

SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL
The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
0029503 Tow Eyes (2), Painted Lower Job
Color, Aerial

TOW EYES
Two (2) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. Each tow eye will be rated for 9000lb and painted to match the lower job color. 0090670 Construction, Compt, Alum, Tiller

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125", 5052-H32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex. The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design, and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

This will result in a 500 lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body.

The compartmentation will include a 3.00" steel support assemblies which are bolted to the chassis frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one (1) support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

Bid #: 930 41
#15..
- 839 -
0783991 SP Compt, Single Tractor Reservoir
Single Lap Door, w/ Roll Door
Engineers Compt

TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT
A reservoir compartment will be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel.

The compartment on the driver's side will be approximately 30.00" wide x 37.75" high x 24.00" deep. The portion around the hydraulic reservoir will remain blistered. The clear door opening will be approximately 25.50" wide x 31.25" high.

The compartment on the passenger's side will be approximately 30.00" wide x 36.75" high x

16.00" deep. The portion around the hydraulic reservoir will remain blistered. The clear door opening will be approximately 25.50" wide x 30.25" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised 1.00" to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components.

The transverse section will be used for a compressed air foam system.

The compartment will be fabricated out of smooth aluminum painted job color. Bright aluminum treadplate will be provided on the top of the compartment.

The compartment will be furnished with a vertically hinged, lap style compartment door on each side that have a D handle latch and positive door hold open device.

There will be two (2) Amdor 24.00" strip lights to illuminate this compartment.

ENGINEERS COMPARTMENT
A transverse engineer compartment will be provided ahead of the reservoir compartment.

The compartment will be 30.00" wide x 96.00" deep x approximately 88.38" high. There will be a section in the upper portion of this compartment that is separate from the lower portion via a permanently welded floor. The upper area will be approximately 19.50" high inside height x the full depth and width of the compartment. There will be a single lift-up hatch compartment style door provided in the center area, hinged towards the cab for access to this area, approximately

54.00" long. The remaining portion of the compartment that is outboard on each side will be permanently sealed off with a fixed divider. There will be a hatch style lift up door on each side with the hinge towards the cab. There will be louvers and a filter material provided in the center area on the side wall towards the cab.

The lower compartment on the driver's side will be 61.50" high with a door opening of 53.75" high.

The lower compartment on the passenger's side will be 61.50" high with a door opening of 53.75" high. A roll-up door will be provided for this compartment. Both compartments will have roll doors.

A blister will be provided in the front (cab side), lower section of the DS and PS engineers compartment for required front suspension clearance.
0683231 Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special
Width, 6.00" Raised, 92.00" Wide, LS
Front

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Left side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 24.38" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 16.00" wide x 51.87" high.

The rear compartment will be approximately 67.25" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 61.50" wide x 51.87" high.

The upper 44.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0683228 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, 6.00"
Raised, LS Center, Tiller
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.

The upper 44.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 53.75" high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0784035 SP Cpt,Low F/D Frt Roll/Lift,Low Rr
Lap,Spc Stp,10" Rsd Fend,6" Rsd
Bd,4" Rsd Flr
Three (3) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the left side.

The forward compartment will be approximately 69.00" wide x 34.13" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 63.25" wide x 26.87" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a roll-up door.

There will be an upper compartment above this. The compartment will be approximately 71.75" wide x 15.75" high x 13.50" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 64.25" wide x 9.75" high. This compartment will be provided with a lift-up door. The lift-up door will be provided with a cylinder that allows it to open approximately 120 degrees.

The rearward compartment will be approximately 42.00" wide x 34.13" high x 21.25" deep. There will be a section of the forward area, approximately 15.00" from the front wall that will only be

9.00" deep. This area will be 6.00" wide. The clear door opening will be approximately 35.00" wide x 31.87" high. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels and in front of the tiller cab access steps and will have a double door.

The area directly behind the tiller cab access steps will be raised approximately 4.00" from standard to increase the rear angle of departure.
0683225 Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special
Width, 6.00" Raised, 92.00" Wide,RS
Front,Tiller

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Right side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 24.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 16.00" wide x 51.87" high.

The rear compartment will be approximately 67.25" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 61.50" wide x 51.87" high.

The upper 44.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.

Bid #: 930 42
#15..
- 840 -
0683224 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, 6.00"
Raised, RS Center, Tiller
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.

The upper 44.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0784038 SP Cpt,Low F/D Frt Roll,3 Lifts,Low Rr
Lap,Spc Stp,10" Rsd Fend,6" Rsd
Bd,4"Rsd Flr
Five (5) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the right side.

The forward low compartment will be approximately 69.00" wide x 34.13" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of approximately 63.25" wide x 26.87" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a roll-up door.

The forward upper compartment will be approximately 67.12" wide x 15.75" high x 13.50" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 59.75" wide x 9.75" high. This compartment will be provided with a lift-up door.

The middle upper compartment will be approximately 64.50" wide x 15.75" high x 13.50" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 59.75" wide x 9.75" high. This compartment will be provided with a lift-up door.

The rear upper compartment will be approximately 42.00" wide x 15.75" high x 13.50" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 37.25" wide x 9.75" high. This compartment will located in front of the tiller cab access steps and be provided with a lift-up door.

The lift-up doors will be provided with cylinders that allows them to open approximately 120 degrees.

The rearward compartment will be approximately 42.00" wide x 34.13" high x 21.25" deep in the lower 30.13" of height and 9.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. There will be a section of the forward area, approximately 15.00" from the front wall that will be only 9.00" deep. This area will be 6.00" wide. The clear door opening will be approximately 35.00" wide x 31.87" high. This compartment will be located directly behind the rear wheels and in front of the tiller cab access steps and have a double door.

The area directly behind the tiller cab access steps will be raised approximately 4.00" for increased angle of departure.
0594014 Doors, Amdor, Rollup, Side
Compartments

ROLL-UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS
There will be 12 compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand roll-up doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of roll-up door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each roll-up door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0067768 Not Required, Bumper, Tiller
0650792 Scuffplate, S/S Around Air Bottle
Compt Openings, Qty

SCUFFPLATE
Two (2) scuffplates will be furnished around the opening for the air bottle compartment(s). The scuffplate(s) will be constructed of polished stainless steel and provided for the LS & RS trailer fender compartments ahead of trailer axle air bottle compartment(s). 0639843 SP Scuffplate, Alum 4-Way, Rear of
Engineer's Compt, Aerial

SCUFFPLATES
The exposed rear portion of the engineer's compartment at each side will be completely covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

Bid #: 930 43
#15..
- 841 -
0597964 Guard, Rain Drip Over Door

DRIP RAIL
There will be two (2) compartment doors that include a rain drip designed to protect the compartment from water damage. The guard will be fabricated from aluminum and installed above the R1 doors.
0019845 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door

DOOR GUARD
There will be ten (10) compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed on each roll-up door. 0028546 D-Ring Latch for Free Door, Lap
Doors

FREE DOOR D-RING LATCH
A D-ring style latch will be provided on the free door for three (3) compartment doors. The compartmentation, to have a free door latch(es), will be RS1, LS1 and B1. 0505888 Keyed Locks for Latches, Lap Doors
(#751 Lock)

KEYED LOCK(S)
There will be 11 compartment doors that require a keyed lock. The compartments to have a keyed lock will be RS1, RS2, RS3, RS4, RS10, RS11, B1, LS1, LS2, LS8, and LS9. 0004010 Scuffplate, Polished S/S Bottom of
Door Frame

DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
Eight (8) scuffplates will be provided for the lower door frame of D1, P1, D2, , P2, P3 P4, D8, P10.

Each scuffplate will be polished stainless steel with a .38" lip down. 0004012 Scuffplate, Polished S/S, Inside Each
Compartment Door

SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S)
The 11 compartment doors will include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan.

Scuffplate will be located LS1, RS1, LS2, RS2, RS3, RS4, LS8, LS9, RS10 and RS11 and B1. 0636819 Trim, Rollup Door, Painted Job Color,
by Amdor

ROLL-UP DOOR TRIM
The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted to match job color.

There will be twelve (12) compartments with the trim painted. 0821860 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door, All
Compts

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be twenty (20) compartments with Pierce LED compartment light strips. The strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip lights will be located RS1, RS2, RS3, RS4, RS5, RS6, RS7, RS8, RS9, RS10, RS11, LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4, LS5, LS6, LS7, LS8, LS9.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0562348 Fasteners, Mechanical, Strip Lighting
In Compartments

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
Metal clamps will be used to retain the strip lighting in all body compartments. 0888878 SP Shelf Tracks, Painted, Location

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be 15 sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in RS1 Right side of Blister, RS6, RS7, RS8 Right of partition, RS8 Left of partition, RS9, RS11, LS1, LS3, LS4, LS5, LS6 Right of partition, LS6 Left of partition, LS7 and LS9. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.
0687112 Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
Full Width/Depth, Painted

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be seven (7) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by 0.12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be RS1 Right of Blister, RS6, LS3, (1) in LS4, (2) in LS6 Right of partition, (1) IN LS7 at top of generator controls .
0663797 Shelves, Adj Full Width, Transverse
Compartment, Painted

ADJUSTABLE SHELF
There will be one (1) shelf with a capacity of 500 lb provided full width of the (1) in [LS6-RS8] attached to the right of the compartment partition, in the upper transverse area. Match 30972. compartment. The shelf construction will consist of 0.188" aluminum with 2.00" high sides.

Each shelf will be painted spatter gray.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by 0.12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

Bid #: 930 44
#15..
- 842 -
0783662 SP Shelves, Fixed, Inverted Left Side,
Transverse Compartment, Painted

SHELF
There will be one (1) shelf with a capacity of 500 lb provided full width of the upper portion of RS7LS5, airbag rack to mount directly to the top of the shelf on theLS5 side, as high as possible.

Inverted front edge on LS5 side only. 1" lip on RS7 side. Match 30972 compartment. The shelf construction will consist of 0.188" aluminum that will be painted to match the compartment interior. On the left side there will be a 2.00" downturned lip. On the right side there will be a 1.00" upturned lip.

Each shelf will be fixed mounted. Each shelf will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts or angles bolted to the compartment as the engineer or shop floor see fit. 0798992 SP Shelves, Fixed, Transverse
Compartment, Painted

SHELF
There will be one (1) shelf with a capacity of 500 lb provided full width of the directly above the top of the Trimax compartment. The shelf construction will consist of 0.188" aluminum that will be painted to match the compartment interior and have 2.00" high sides.

Each shelf will be fixed mounted. Each shelf will be held in place with 0.12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts or angles bolted to the compartment as the engineer or shop floor see fit. 0606445 SP Shelf, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
1/2 Trans

HALF DEPTH ADJUSTABLE SHELF
An adjustable shelf will be provided for use in a transverse side body compartment. The shelf will be constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum with 2.00" high sides.

The shelf will be half depth of the transverse compartment and as wide as possible for the specified mounting location. The finish of each shelf will match that of the compartment interior.

The shelf will be secured within the compartment by means of adjustable threaded fasteners.

These fasteners will slide in an extruded aluminum track to provide height adjustment.

The shelf will have a load capacity of 500 lb.

A total of four (4) shelves will be provided RS7, LS5, RS11, LS9. 0009155 Tray, 500 lb, Slide-out, 1-Way, Utility,
Adj Height, 3" Sides, 1/2 Trans
ONE (1) WAY SLIDE-OUT UTILITY TRAY
There will be six (6) slide-out traysprovided.

Each tray will be rated for up to 500 lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of

0.19" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded.

The tray will have 3.00" high sides, will be half (1/2) depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length in one (1) direction.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the in and out positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The vertical location of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located Two (2) in upper RS8, 1 in LS5, 1 in RS7, Two (2) LS6. 0652268 Tray, 500 lb, Slide-out, 1-Way, Utility,
Adj Height, 3" Sides, 3/4 Trans

THREE QUARTER DEPTH SLIDE-OUT UTILITY TRAY
There will be three (3) slide-out trays provided for use in the transverse side body compartment (s).

Each tray will be a utility style tray that is rated for up to 500 lb in the extended position. The bottom of each tray will be constructed of 0.19" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded. Each tray will be painted spatter gray.

Each tray will have 3.00" high sides, will be three quarters (3/4) the depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the designated mounting location.

Each tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. Each tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length in one (1) direction only.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the in and out positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of each tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The vertical location of each tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located (1) in RS9 up to the partition that makes LS7 a standard depth compt. (2) in RS8 rear of the partition (Match 30972).
0646559 Tray, Floor Mounted, Utility, One Way
Slide-Out, 500lb, 3" Sides, 1/2 Trans

ONE WAY UTILITY SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted utility slide-out tray(s) provided LS9 and RS11. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks.

The corners will be welded. The finish will be painted spatter gray.

The tray will be 3.00" high x half the depth of the transverse compartment x as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length in one direction.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

Bid #: 930 45
#15..
- 843 -
0627831 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, Full
Width/Full Depth, Low/Special Sides,
2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided RS8 Left of partition, ctech cabinet will be sitting on this tray. A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to a reduced side height being less than 2.00". The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum with welded corners. The finish will be painted to match compartment interior.

The tray(s) will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth.

The side height of the tray(s) will be as follows:

Front: no lip
Rear: 2.00" high
Left and Right Sides: no lip
There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0610204 SP Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides, 2G, Special Width

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with 2.00" sides provided LS4 to the right of the partition and RS6. The trays will be 28.00" wide in width and located Match 30972. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum with welded corners. The finish will be painted spatter gray.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0647045 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, Full
Width/Full Depth, 500lb, 2.00" Sides,
2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be five (5) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with 2.00" sides provided LS6, LS5, RS7, (1) in RS8 Right of partition. RS9 - On floor extension full depth to partition. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum.

The finish will be painted spatter gray.

The trays will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0725644 Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH,
Three Drawers, Up To 24" Wide, 24"
Deep

DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed One (1) Lower portion of LS7, One (1) Lower portion of LS6 floor mounted Right Side of Partition. Cabinet not to exceed the height of the transverse floor of the trailer .

The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be 2.00" with a face plate that is

3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 3.75" with a face plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 3.75" with a face plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed

24.00".

The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds.

The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer.

A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.

There will be a total of two (2) provided.

Bid #: 930 46
#15..
- 844 -
0811267 SP Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH,
Three Drawers, Up To 24" Wide, 24"
Deep, 2nd

DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed RS8 Rear of the partition on the floor tray. Match Job 30972.

The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be 2.00" with a face plate that is

3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 2.75" with a face plate that is 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 4.75" with a face plate that is 5.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed

24.00".

The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds.

The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer.

A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.

There will be a total of one (1) provided.
0892252 SP Toolboard, Alum, .188", Peg Board,
Add to Slide-Out Tray, Loc/Tray,
Gussetted

TOOL BOARD
An aluminum tool board will be provided.

It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes.

A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the board.

The board will be mounted on adjustable tracks from front to back within the compartment and installed 1) RS9 Floor Mount Slide out tray (Adjustable track to be in first 24" Outboard to Inboard on a slide out tray. The board will be as high as space permits and full length of the tray. The tray is not included in this option.

The base of the toolboard will have gussets on each end of the board. The gussets at the back of the toolboard will be as wide as the back of the slide-out tray.

There will be Two (2) provided.
0726429 Partition, Vertical Compt, Transverse
Compt, Aerials/HDRs

PARTITION IN TRANSVERSE COMPARTMENT
One (1) partition will be bolted in RS8/LS6 centered to separate Drivers Side and Passenger Side. (Match Job 309720. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. 0726439 Partition, "L" Shaped in Compartment

"L" SHAPED PARTITION IN COMPARTMENT
One (1) partition will be bolted in LS7 for breaker box to face straight out of the compartment. Use partition to create a false wall to mount breaker box. There will be dead space behind the partition, L-shaped at the top to meet up with the back wall. Mount close to door. (Match Job 30972. Each partition will be "L" shaped, painted spatter gray. 0726451 Partition, Vertical Compt VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION Two (2) partitions will be bolted in 1) LS4 - (matching 30972). LS8/RS10 in essence creating a divider between the two sides/. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. 0635915 Mounting Plate, 3/16" Alum MOUNTING PLATE
A quantity of one (1) 3/16" thick aluminum mounting plate(s) will be provided. The aluminum plate (s) will be painted spatter gray to match compartment interior. The plate(s) will be same dimensions as the top of the ctech cabinet in size and mounted in RS8 mounted on top of the ctech cabinet with a 1" lip all the way around. Only as deep/wide as the ctech cabinet so that it will pull out with the ctech and the floor tray. .
0678048 SP False Bulkhead, Compartment
Interior

FALSE BULKHEAD INTERIOR
There will be a quantity of one (1) false bulkhead(s) provided in between the LS7/RS9 TRANSVERSE COMPT. TO MAKE LS7 STANDARD DEPTH AND RS9 2/3 DEPTH. Match Job 30972 compartment(s). The bulkhead will be removable with threaded fasteners and provide the maximum opening between the specified compartments. The bulkhead will be smooth aluminum and painted to match the compartment interior.
0076795 Bracket, SCBA, Zico, ULLH, Load &
Lock, Mounted

SCBA HOLDER
A total of four (4) Ziamatic model ULLH SCBA holder bracket. This bracket will include a backplate, two seats, a footplate and the model LLS ("Load & Lock") strap to hold the bottle in the bracket. The bracket seats will be a "one size fits all" style seat and will accommodate SCBA cylinders from the high pressure 30-minute to the high pressure 60-minute.

The brackets will be mounted 1- RS9 on vertical partition on slide out tray76795. 0678715 Compt, At Rear Between Tow Eyes,
Smooth Alum Sngl Pan Door w/DLatch, Tiller

COMPARTMENT BETWEEN TOW EYES
A compartment will be supplied at the rear of the unit, above the rear bumper. It will be 8.50" high x 25.75" wide x 27.00" deep. The compartment will have a single-pan smooth aluminum dropdown door with a D-ring latch.

Bid #: 930 47
#15..
- 845 -
0750878 SP Webbing, Retention 2.00" Nylon
Strap, 2" Box Pattern

RETENTION WEBBING
Webbing will be provided to retain compartment equipment from laying against the compartment door. The webbing will be located RS5.

The webbing will be heavy black nylon made of 2.00" nylon strap with a 2.00" box pattern. The nylon webbing will be permanently fastened at the bottom of the compartment and have seat belt buckle fasteners on the opposite side to secure it.

A total of one (1) will be provided.
0004002 Matting, .13" Rubber in Compartment COMPARTMENT MATTING Black rubber matting will be provided in one (1) compartments. The locations are B2.

The matting will be .13" thick with corrugated top ribs. 0028026 Matting, Turtle Tile, Compartment
Shelving Only

MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in 34 shelves. The locations are, each shelf and tray with exception of floor mount slide tray in RS6.

The color of the Turtle Tile will be black.
0659383 Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp,
Compartment Floors

MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in 11 compartments on the compartment floor.

The locations are, RS1, RS2, RS3, RS4, RS10, RS11, LS1, LS2, LS3, LS8 and LS9.

The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge.

The beveled edge will be black.
0755526 Pegboard, Back Wall Mounted, 3/16"
Alum, Special

PEGBOARD
There will be 3/16" thick aluminum pegboard spatter gray painted installed on the back wall of one (1) compartments. It will be mounted using two (2) horizontal tracks. Retainers will be used to mount the pegboard to the tracks. The holes will be .203" diameter , punched 1.00" on center.

The pegboard will be located in the RS6 and mounted Full width, upper half of backwall. 0695412 Rack, Air Bags Inside Compartment,
2-Slot

AIR BAG STORAGE
There will be a rack installed for storing two (2) air bags in the On top of the fixed shelf in LS5 (Match 30972) compartment.

The rack will be fabricated from DA finished .125" aluminum. The fire department will provide exact sizes of air bags prior to construction. The size of the air bags will be Customer to provide. 0796216 Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00"
Downturned Lip

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a 1.00" vertical downturned lip and no return flange.

A total of four (4) will be provided and located LS7, RS9, LS9 and RS11. 0024016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side &
Rear of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side and rear of the body compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0510626 Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, Wider
Than Standard

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the specified tires.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.
0558496 Handrails, Access to Tiller Cab, UShaped, Knurled Aluminum, Front Each Side

TILLER CAB HANDRAILS
A U-shaped handrail will be installed on each side of the truck on the forward side of the tiller cab access steps. The handrail will extend upward from the existing tiller cab handrail and form a Ushape approximately 10.00" high above the top of the body. The standard handrail will be provided on the rearward side of the steps. Handrails will be 1.25" diameter anodized aluminum extrusion, with a knurled design, to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Bid #: 930 48
#15..
- 846 -
0827906 SP Compt, Exting (2)/O2 Bottle Fender
Panel, Tri Door, Flanged Door, Tiller
EXTINGUISHER/AIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (Triangular)
A total of one (1) extinguisher/air bottle/storage compartments will be provided on the right side ahead of the rear wheel. The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the lower area and a 8.00" diameter extinguisher as well as a 7.00" x 5.50" O2 storage area in the upper area. The compartment will be approximately 25.50" deep. A Y-shaped partition will be provided to separate the three areas of the compartment.

Also inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A painted to match the lower body stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. The door will have a flanged edge along the top, bottom, and side opposite the hinge.

The side that is hinged as well as the side that is curved/along the wheel well cannot be flanged.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap shall be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap shall wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0827911 SP Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender
Panel, Flanged Door, Tiller
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)
A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in diameter x 26.00" deep will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels. A painted to match the lower body stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. The door will have a flanged edge along the top, bottom, and the straight edge of the side opposite the hinge. The side that is hinged as well as the side that is curved/along the wheel well cannot be flanged.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0785424 SP Storage Bin, Air Bottle, Flat Mount

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of 24 air bottles. This storage bin will be installed RS5.

Each separate air bottle storage compartment will be 7.50" square x 23.00" deep. The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura-surf. The storage bin will be mounted flat in order to maximize space in the specified location. 0625049 Cable Restraint, Air Bottle
Compartment Door(s)

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT DOOR RESTRAINT
The LS and RS, fender compartments ahead of trailer rear axleair bottle compartment doors will include a cable to prevent the door from hitting another surface. There will be two (2) cables installed.
0899898 SP Hopper, Oil Dry, Inside Compartment,
Flush Pawl Latch, 2" Door Lip

OIL DRY HOPPER
There will be an oil dry hopper installed in the LS4 Left of the vertical partition. compartment. A door will be provided on the top of the oil dry bin to allow refilling of the bin. The door will have a flush mount pawl latch and a 2.00" lip at the outer edge of the door to be used as a shelf. The bin will be sized for storage of 120 lb or 20.3 gallons (4680 cubic inch) of clay-based oil dry absorbent material. The hopper will have a hand valve on the bottom to control the release of the material. The absorbent material will be discharged through a PVC tube through the floor of this compartment allowing a bucket to be placed under the truck and filled. 0004218 Ladder, 35' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-Sect

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be one (1) 35' two (2) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 1200-A extension ladder(s) provided.
0010406 Ladder, 28' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-
Section

AERIAL EXTENSION LADDERS
There will be two (2) 28' two (2) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 1200-A extension ladder(s) provided and located in the aerial torque box.
0652543 Ladder, 20' Duo-Safety 875-DR Roof

ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 20' aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series 875-DR roof ladder(s) provided. 0790929 SP Ladder, 8' Duo-Safety 875-DR Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 8' Duo-Safety Series 875-DR aluminum roof ladder provided on the base section of the aerial device.

Bid #: 930 49
#15..
- 847 -
0620443 SP Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 875-DR Roof,
16" Width, Non-NFPA Compliant,
Special Order

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 14' roof, aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series 875-DR, 16" width provided.

This ladder is non compliant to NFPA 1931, Chapter 4.4.3.1, "Standard on Design of and Design Verification Tests for Fire Department Ground Ladders".

Per Fire Department specification request of this ladder, the apparatus will be non compliant to the current edition of applicable NFPA standards at time of contract execution. 0542436 Ladder, 16' Duo-Safety 875-DR Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 16' roof, aluminum, Series 875-DR provided. 0024233 Not Required, Attic Extension Ladder

0004246 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A

AERIAL FOLDING LADDER
There will be one (1) 10' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 585-A folding ladder(s) provided and located in the aerial torque box.
0680193 Ladder Storage, Vertically Hinged
Doors, Smooth Alum, Grabber Door
Brkt, Tiller

GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders will be removable from the center rear of the apparatus.

The ladders will be individually stored in stainless steel slides and will be arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.

Vertically hinged double lap doors will be provided at the rear to close the ladder compartment.

Doors will be of double pan aluminum construction. Single sheet aluminum doors will not be considered.

The lock door will be latched with Eberhard latches with "D" ring handles. There will be a Cast Products grabber door stay bracket provided on the outside of each door to hold it in the open position.
0602102 Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage,
Truck-Lite 44042C 2lts, LED, Round
4"

LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Truck Lite Model 44042C, 4.00" white LED lights with Model 40700, grommets used to illuminate the torque box ladder storage compartment. One (1) each side will be located on the side wall of the torque box near the ladder storage entry area.

The lights will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened. 0004251 Ladder, 8' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A

ADDITIONAL FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 8' aluminum Series 585-A Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed in a U-shaped trough inside the ladder storage compartment.
0812235 Ladder, Little Giant, Revolution 2.0 -
Model 17, 13117

ADDITIONAL FOLDING LADDER
One (1) Revolution 2.0 Model 13117 Little Giant folding ladder will be provided. The stored dimensions will be 55.50" high x 23.75" wide x 9.25" deep. The weight will be 32 lbs.

The ladder will be located rear equipment rack (Match 30972). 0670839 SP Anti-Migration Plate, Ladder, Ladder
Storage

LADDER PLATE
A stainless plate with a two bend flange and a stainless steel hinge will be provided to secure the ladder complement. The plate assembly will be mounted to the bottom of the entrance of the ladder storage area.

When the plate is vertical, it will secure the ladders and prevent them from migrating to the rear of the apparatus.
0658169 Ladders, Nested, Left Side Ground
Ladder Storage

NESTED LADDER STORAGE
There will be nested ladders on the left side of the ladder storage compartment. The ladders will be nested so that one ladder can be removed without removing the adjoining ladder. 0658170 Ladders, Nested, Right Side Ground
Ladder Storage

NESTED LADDER STORAGE
There will be nested ladders on the right side of the ladder storage compartment. 0785722 SP Full Enclosure, S/S, Misc. Storage, In
Torque Box, 9.25" W x 10' L, 2"
Webbing

ENCLOSURE IN TORQUE BOX
A stainless steel, full enclosure with an open rear will be provided in the open dead spaces of the rear ladder storage compartments in the torque box for additional storage . The enclosure will be approximately 9.25" wide x 7.65" high x 120" long.

A 2.00" black nylon webbing restraint will be provided across the rear of this enclosure. The webbing will fasten with seat belt buckles.

Bid #: 930 50
#15..
- 848 -
0785724 SP Full Enclosure, S/S, Misc. Storage, In
Torque Box, 4" W x 10' L, Cargo
Netting

ENCLOSURE IN TORQUE BOX
A stainless steel, full enclosure with an open rear will be provided in the open dead space inside of the rear ladder storage area in the torque box for additional storage . The enclosure will be approximately 4.00" wide x 16.50" high x 120" long.

A 2.00" black nylon webbing restraint will be provided across the rear of this enclosure. The webbing will fasten with seat belt buckles.
0724703 Stokes Basket Storage, Trough, In
Torque Box/Ladder Compartment,
Aerial

STOKES STORAGE IN THE TORQUE BOX
Storage provisions will be provided for a stokes basket in the torque box ladder storage area. The stokes basket to be stored will be 85.00" long x 25.00" wide x 8.00" high. 0790949 Pike Pole, 16' DUO Safety,
Fiberglass
PIKE POLE, 16'
One (1) pike pole 16' long DUO Safety with a fiberglass handle, will be provided and located in the torque box.
0775907 Pike Pole, 12' DUO Safety,
Fiberglass

PIKE POLES
There will be one (1) 12' Duo Safety pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles provided. The pike pole (s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment. 0789564 Pike Pole, 8' DUO Safety, Fiberglass,
Aerial
8' PIKE POLE
There will be one (1) 8' Duo Safety pike pole(s) with fiberglass handle provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment. 0549137 Not Required, Pike Pole, 6'

0548410 Not Required, Pole, Pike, 3'
0770572 Pike Pole Tubes, in Torque
Box/Ladder Storage, Alum, Special
Notch, NY Style

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be aluminum tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of five (5) pike poles. The pike pole tube(s) will be notched to allow a New York style pike pole to fit in the tube.

If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0532882 Label, "NO STEP"

WARNING LABEL(S)
There will be one (1) label(s), indicating "NO STEP", provided top of generator. 0067658 Not Required, Step, Slide-Out Pump
Op. Platform
0665700 Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step,
Not Required
0046495 Not Required, Pump Access, No
Pump
0001836 No Light, No Pump Compartment

0606694 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606832 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Left
Side, Outside Frame, Same Side
(Pos #6 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on the left side of the bumper, outside of the frame rail. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757084 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch 0743360 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS, Location
Fet
Left side foot switch will beFar outboard as near door (Match Job 37460 01-05).

Bid #: 930 51
#15..
- 849 -
0743678 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, RS, Location
Fet
Right side foot switch will beInboard as close as possible and next to engine tunnel (Match Job 37460 01-05).
0819026 Siren, Wln 295HFSA7 200W, Dual
Tone, Non-NFPA 2024

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen, Model 295HFSA7, electronic siren and remote head with a pre-wired unidirectional microphone will be installed.

The model to be used will be determined by the chassis and location of the siren remote head.

The siren will contain a remote siren head and a siren amplifier with a dual system build in to the amplifier.

The siren features will include:

Six (6) function siren plus radio repeat and public address Will meet California Title 13 specifications.

Model 295HFSA7 or 8 will operate two (2) 100 watt speakers Operates is dual or mono modes.

External dip switch selectable modes of operation.

Outputs 2 independent siren tones creating a "rich harmonic dual tone sound". "Hands Free" operation. Turn On/Off and access all three siren tones (wail, yelp, and Piercer) without taking hands from the steering wheel.

PTT (push to talk) switch on microphone overrides all siren functions.

Pre-wired unidirectional microphone.

Adjustable microphone volume.

Adjustable preset radio repeat volume.

Input polarity protection.

Output short circuit protection.

External mini spade-type fuse.

Bi-polarity horn/ring control activation.

Quick disconnect plug for ease of service or replacement.

Five year HDP "Heavy Duty Professional" warranty on amp.

NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, Section 10.8.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J1849, Emergency Vehicle Sirens.

Per the fire department specification, the siren and siren speaker come from separate manufacturers and a certification is therefore invalid. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution.
0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the passenger side inside switch panel. 0748306 Control, Elec Siren, Multi Select

ELECTRONIC SIREN CONTROL
The electronic siren will be activated by the following:
0738942 Control, Elec Siren, Ft Sw, RS,
Location
The right side foot switch will be Directly inboard of air horn foot switch (Match Job 37460 01-05). 0601330 Speaker, (1) Federal, ES100C
w/ESFMT-EF Recess Mnt & S/S
Grille

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Federal Signal DynaMax®, Model ES100, 100 watt speaker provided. The speaker will use a Federal Signal, Model ESFMT-EF, recess mount with stainless steel grille. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0601551 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Outbrd(Pos 1)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, towards the outside. 0895281 Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213
Sol

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B siren will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a Littelfuse part number 24213 power solenoid that is connected by a 2-gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0006097 Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the right side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748275 Control Mech Siren,
Rocker/Membrane Sw, LS

Left side momentary switch.

Bid #: 930 52
#15..
- 850 -
0748282 Control, Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS Left side foot switch. 0898294 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS, Loc

Right side foot switch Far outboard as near door (Match job 37460 01-05). 0897453 Sw, Siren Brake, Mom
Rocker/Membrane, Red Outline, RS
Overhead Sw Pnl, Mux
A momentary switch will be included in the right side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.

There will be a red outline decal around the switch.
0726839 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Red
Rocker, Location, Hardwire

A momentary red rocker switch will be included in the Switch Panel #10 to activate the siren brake.
0776528 SP Grille, Speaker, Front Bumper,S/S,
Painted

SPEAKER GRILLE
There will be one (1) painted stainless steel grille(s) provided, one (1) over each siren speaker in the front bumper. The grille(s) and bumper will be the same color. 0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0604784 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81",
RRRRWRsrROptRsrRWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen® Freedom IV™ lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control. no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller.

The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (8) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0540439 Light, Front Zone, Wln M6* LED,
Colored Lens 2Lts
WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face)
Two (2) Whelen model M6* LED flashing warning lights with chrome flange will be provided on the front of the cab above the headlights.

The driver's side front warning light to be red.

The passenger's side front warning light to be red.

Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab, on the switch panel, to control the lights. 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.

Bid #: 930 53
#15..
- 851 -
0747228 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6**, M6**, 6Lts

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with black trim installed per the following:

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the front custom cab corner. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include blue warning LEDs.

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs.

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side, just rearward of the rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.

The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0895974 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab,
Wln 3S*00F*R, 3" Round

INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen® Model 3S*00F*R, 3.00" round deep flashing LED warning lights with black trim.

One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the left side cab door One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the right side cab door.

One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the right side crew cab door.

One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the left side crew cab door.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

Each light will be located in the door pan as low and far to the outside as practical..

Each light will be activated when the battery switch is on, respective door is opened and the park brake is on.
0815847 Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All
Cabs, Weatherproof

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS
The lights will be installed with a weatherproof insulated crimped connectors in order to provide ease of connection/disconnection of the circuit applied to. 0750408 Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR LED 1st SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be ten (10) Whelen® Model PS*01FCR, 1.68" high x 11.11" wide x 0.52" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with chrome trim and clear lenses provided on the side of the apparatus, 1) Centered in rub rail Below RS1, 1) Centered in rub rail below LS1, 1) Centered in rub rail below RS5, 1) Centered in rub rail below LS3, 1) Centered in rub rail below LS5, 1) Centered in rub rail below RS7, 1) Centered in rub rail below RS9, 1) Cente.

The light(s) to include red flashing LEDs.

These lights will be controlled by the side zone lower switch in the cab.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green and red LEDs may be load manages when the parking brake is applied. 0540777 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
Two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning lights with chrome bezels will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The driver's side rear light to be red.

The passenger's side rear light to be red.

Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0621947 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln Rota-Beam
R316*F LED Beacon, Color Lens

REAR OF HOSE BED WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen® Rota-Beam™, Model R316*F, 4.00" high x 7.19" wide beacons with the same color domes as the LEDs provided.

The rear zone upper light(s) to be red in color.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65,

36.00" Long, TACTL5

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model TAL65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen, Model TACTL5, control head will be included with this installation.

The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on. 0529278 Location, TDL, Surface Mounted This traffic directing light will be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus. 0530282 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0006646 Electrical System, 120/240VAC,
General Design
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation:

Bid #: 930 54
#15..
- 852 -
General
Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus 3 cycles.

Except where superseded by the requirements of the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC).

Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed.

Grounding
Grounding will be in accordance with Section 250-6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding.

An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC.

The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC.

In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used.

All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source.

Operation
Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place.

Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position.

A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the following information:

Rated voltage(s) and type (ac or dc)
Phase
Rated frequency
Rated amperage
Continuous rated watts
Power source engine speed
Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC.

Overcurrent protection
The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144.00" (3658 mm) in length.

For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degree Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).

For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600-volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).

Wiring Methods
Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following:

Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
or
Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows.

Separated by a minimum of 12.00" (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of 6.00" (152 mm) distance Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within 6.00" (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24.00" (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle.

Wiring Identification
All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size.

Wet Locations
All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210-7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC.

All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24.00" (610 mm) from the ground.

Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of 30.00" (762 mm) from the ground.

The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position.

Dry Locations
All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than 30.00" (762 mm) above the interior floor height.

All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120-volts or 240-volts) and the current Bid #: 930 55
#15..
- 853 -
rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked.

Listing
All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service.

Electrical System Testing
The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system.

The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900-volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed.

Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made.

Operational Test per Current Edition NFPA Standard
The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third-party certification organization.

The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating.

The power source will be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. 0649150 Generator, Harrison 10kW Hydraulic,
Hot Shift PTO, IHT System

HYDRAULIC GENERATOR
There will be one (1) Harrison 10.0 kW hydraulic single phase 60 Hz 120/240 volt AC generator provided.

An electrical instrument gauge panel will be provided for the operator to monitor and control all electrical operations and output. The meter and indicators will be installed near eye level in a compartment. Instruments will be flush mounted in an appropriate sized weatherproof electrical enclosure.

The hydraulic engagement supply will be operational at any time (no interlocks).

There will be two (2) hydraulic loads driven by a transmission power take off unit (PTO) through a Harrison Integrated Hydraulic Technologies (IHT) valve system. This system will include a function manifold to direct the hydraulic fluid from the PTO to the following circuits:

The first hydraulic circuit to be the 10.0 kW generator.

The second hydraulic circuit to be provided for the Holmotro tool system.

There will be a switch located next to the captive rollers on the hydraulic reels to activate the second hydraulic circuit.
0505796 Location, Hydraulic Generator Above
Gooseneck of Tiller

GENERATOR LOCATION
The generator will be mounted in the area above the goose neck of the tiller trailer. The flooring in this area will be either reinforced or constructed, in such a manner, that it will handle the additional weight of the generator.
0658370 Starting Sw, Truck Engine Powered
Gen, Cab Sw Pnl, Tiller Cab

GENERATOR START
There will be a switch located on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator.

There will be another switch located in the tiller cab on the instrument panel to engage the same generator.
0732223 SP Remote Start, Hydraulic Generator, 4
Locations

GENERATOR REMOTE START
There will be a generator remote start/stop switch with indicator light in the following locations:
within reach of the officer switch panel.

Generator control station in LS7.

Tied to Aerial Master Switch.
within reach of the drivers switch panel.
0016740 Not Required, Fuel System
0016767 Not Required, Oil Drain Extension,
Generator
0006738 Circuit Breaker Panel w/Generator

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
A circuit breaker panel will be installed in the D7 mounted on a partition that faces straight out the door for easy access. A directory for each breaker will be provided adjacent to the circuit breaker panel. Identification of circuits will be done in a durable manner that provides years of service.

Bid #: 930 56
#15..
- 854 -
0095290 Cover, Generator & Hyd Res, On
Gooseneck (Tiller)

HYDRAULIC GENERATOR COVER
The hydraulic generator and reservoir will be covered on the front and two sides with bright aluminum treadplate. The top and rear will not be covered. The cover will be attached to the gooseneck. The cover will be louvered as required to provide adequate ventilation and be removeable for maintenance of the generator. Protective edging will be provided along the top edge of the cover.
0016771 Not Required, Routing Exhaust,
Generator
0779717 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 3rd, Interior
Body
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with an interior flip up cover, installed LS4 - TBD at preconstruction. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the onboard generator to shoreline power transfer switch.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0779718 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 2nd, Interior
Body
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with an interior flip up cover, installed RS6 - Location TBD at preconstruction. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the onboard generator to shoreline power transfer switch.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0779722 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Body
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with an interior duplex flip up cover, installed RS8 - Exact location at preconstruction. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the onboard generator to shoreline power transfer switch.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649748 Not Required, Hydraulic Hose

0755072 Aerial, 107' ASL, 750/500 Tip, 50
MPH Wind, Tiller
FOUR (4)-SECTION 107 FOOT TRACTOR-DRAWN AERIAL LADDER

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be considered.

These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA standard.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA standard.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees Bid #: 930 57
#15..
- 855 -
elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder.

The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows.

All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes.

The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing conditions of up to a .25" coating over the aerial structure.

All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data:
- Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device
- Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device:
- Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material - Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification
- All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots.

LADDER CONSTRUCTION
The ladder is comprised of four (4) sections.

The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 750 pounds at the tip in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension and from -10 degrees to +77 degrees.

The ladder (handrails, baserails, trusses, K-braces and rungs) will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum 100,000 pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members.

Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing.

All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity.

The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be:
- Base Section 41.87"
- Lower Mid Section 34.88"
- Upper Mid Section 27.87"
- Fly Section 21.63"
The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be:
- Base Section 26.28"
- Lower Mid Section 22.68"
- Upper Mid Section 20.06"
- Fly Section 17.32"
The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground.

The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement. There will be a lift eye welded on to each side of the egress.

VERTICAL HEIGHT
The ladder will extend to a minimum height of 107' above the ground at full extension and elevation. The measurement of height will be consistent with NFPA standards.

HORIZONTAL REACH
The rated horizontal reach will be 100'. The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with NFPA standards.

TURNTABLE
The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position.

The turntable will be coated with an non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas.

The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements of the current NFPA standard.

The turntable handrails will be a minimum 42.00" high and will not increase the overall travel height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface. The turntable vertical handrail spacing will be designed with a 44.00" wide x

27.00" high opening to allow for equipment to pass through from the ground to the aerial ladder.

The opening will be located at the center, rear of the turntable. A chain will be provided across this opening.

ELEVATION SYSTEM
Dual 5.50" diameter elevating cylinders will be mounted on the underside of the base section of the ladder, one (1) on each side. One (1) 2.25" diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the ladder and one (1) 2.50" diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the turntable. The pins will have 125,000 psi minimum yield strength and will be secured with

0.50" Grade 8 bolts with castle nut and cotter pin. The bolts are to ensure that the pins do not walk out of the mounting brackets on the turntable and base section.

The elevating cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance-free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance-free type bearings with no external lubrication required.The cylinders will function only to elevate the ladder and not as a structural member to stabilize the ladder side movement. The elevating cylinders will be provided with pilot-operated check valves on the barrel and rod side of the piston to prevent movement of the ladder in case of a loss of hydraulic pressure.

The operation envelope will be 10 degrees below horizontal to 77 degrees above horizontal.

The elevation system will be designed following NFPA standards. The elevation hydraulic cylinders will incorporate cushions on the upper limit of travel.

The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located in the cylinder to prevent the unit from descending should the charged lines be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system and to maintain the ladder in the bedded position during road travel.

The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

The elevation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the extension of the elevation cylinder. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Collision avoidance of the elevation system to prevent accidental body damage - Automatic deceleration when the aerial device is lowered into the cradle - Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum raise and lower positions - Deceleration of the aerial device at the limits of travel.

Bid #: 930 58
#15..
- 856 -

EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
A hydraulically powered, extension and retraction system will be provided through dual hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each set will be capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure, of the other. The extension cylinder rod will be chrome plated to provide smooth operation of the aerial device and reduce seal wear. The extension/retraction cylinders will be equipped, with integral holding valves, to prevent the unit from retracting should the charged line be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The extension/retraction system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the ladder extension. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum extend and retract positions All sheaves will require lubrication. They will have bronze bushings and grease zerks.

MANUAL OVERRIDE CONTROLS
Manual override controls will be provided for all aerial and stabilizer functions.

LADDER SLIDE MECHANISM
UHMW polyethylene wear pads will be used between the telescoping ladder sections, to provide greater bearing surface area for load transfer. Adjustable slide pads will be used to control side play between the ladder sections.

ROTATION SYSTEM
The aerial will be supplied with a powered rotation system as outlined in NFPA standards.

The hydraulic rotation motor will provide continuous rotation under all rated conditions and be supplied with a brake to prevent unintentional rotation. One (1) hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with drive speed reducers will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel. One (1) spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions will be made for emergency operation of the rotation system should complete loss of normal hydraulic power occur. The hydraulic system will be equipped with pressure relief valves which will limit the rotational torque to a nondestructive power. The gearbox will have a minimum continuous torque rating of 80,000 in. lbs. and a minimum intermittent rating of 160,000 in. lbs. The turntable bearing, ring gear teeth, pinion gear, planetary gearbox,and output shaft will be certified by the manufacturer of the components for the application.

The rotation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Collision avoidance to prevent accidental body damage - Prevent the aerial from being rotated into an unstable condition.

ROTATION INTERLOCK
The microprocessor will be used to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed (short-jacked). The microprocessor will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial, in the 180 degree area, on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override to comply with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. SYSTEMS THAT PERMIT THE AERIAL TO ROTATE TO THE "SHORT JACK" SIDE, WITHOUT AUTOMATICALLY STOPPING THE ROTATION AND/OR WITHOUT ACTUATION OF THE "MANUAL OVERRIDE", will NOT BE ACCEPTED. SYSTEMS THAT ONLY INCLUDE AN ALARM ARE NOT CONSIDERED AN INTERLOCK AND will NOT BE ACCEPTED.

LADDER CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A ladder cradle interlock system will be provided through the microprocessor to prevent the lifting of the aerial device from the nested position until the operator places all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the boom support to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position..

AERIAL TORQUE BOX/PEDESTAL
The pedestal assembly will be a welded assembly made of high strength 0.25" plate. The vertical member will be a 0.375" reinforced wall cylinder with a 28.00" outside diameter and will connect the rotation bearing mounting plate to the lower substructure.

The pedestal assembly will be bolted to the chassis frame with 0.88" diameter Grade 8 bolts, and will be utilized to mount the outrigger jacks and reservoir for the aerial hydraulic system.

LOAD CAPACITIES
The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation.

A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY DRY
Degrees of
Elevation
-10 to 9
10 to 19
20 to 29
30 to 39
40 to 49
50 to 59
60 to 69
70 to 77
Egress
750
750
750
Bid #: 930 59
#15..
- 857 -
750
750
750
750
750
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
500
1000
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
-
-
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
-
-
500
500
1000
1000
1000
50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY CHARGED
Degrees of
Elevation
-10 to 9
10 to 19
20 to 29
30 to 39
40 to 49
50 to 59
60 to 69
70 to 77
Egress
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
250
500
500
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
Bid #: 930 60
#15..
- 858 -
Base
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
1000
Reduced loads at the tip can be redistributed in 250 lb. increments to the fly, mid, or base sections as needed.

The tip capacity will be reduced to zero when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway centerline.

BOOM SUPPORT
A heavy-duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. 0762413 Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB12HW012, 12" LED AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT There will be one (1) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumen, 12" long, white LED strip light mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated.
0755127 Tie Down, Rope, Per Pair, 9000lb
Rating, Trailer Gooseneck, Tiller

ROPE TIE DOWN AT GOOSENECK
There will be two (2) pairs of rope tie downs provided each side of the tiller gooseneck in the forward and rearward locations. Equal quantities will be provided on each side. The tie downs will be rated for a straight line pull of 9000 lb and will be nickel plated. 0663833 Boom Support, Raised, Tiller

SPECIAL HEIGHT BOOM SUPPORT
A special height boom support will be provided to raise the aerial device to clear the compartment on top of the body.
0680821 Boom Panel, Pair AERIAL BOOM PANEL
There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted Red 90. Customer requests that NO bolts show on the exterior of the panel per previous job #27235.

The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes.
0526885 Indicator, Extension, Inside and
Outside Handrails, Every 10'

EXTENSION INDICATOR
Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every 10'. They will indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be red reflective material.
0723719 Steps, Folding, Four, Aerial Device,
Trident

FOLDING STEPS
One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be black powder coated finish with a luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours, on the stepping surface. Each step will have no integrated light. 0688232 Rung Covers, Aerial Device

AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS
Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no-slip coating.

The rung covers will be glued to each rung and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged.

The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side will be photoluminescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions.

Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets.

The rung covers will have a 10-year, limited warranty.
0674963 Scabbard, Temporary Vent Saw
Storage, No Depth Gauge, Aerial
Ladder

TEMPORARY SCABBARD AT END OF AERIAL
There will be a total of two (2) vent saw scabbard(s) provided. The scabbard(s) will be mounted on each side of the aerial egress. The scabbard(s) will be DA finished. 0678539 Brackets Only, Roof/Wall Ladder,
Aerial Fly Section

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
There will be brackets that are painted to match the aerial device provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial for mounting a roof ladder.

The mounting brackets will accommodate a 14' Duo-Safety 875-A, 16.00" wide roof/wall ladder as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space.

Bid #: 930 61
#15..
- 859 -
0786841 Brackets Only, Roof/Fresno Ladder,
Base Section, Inboard of Boom Panel

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
Mounting will be provided on each side of the aerial device for storage of two (2) roof ladder(s).

The bracket(s) will be located inboard of the boom panel at the base section. The bracket(s) will hold the boom panel as close to the base section as possible and include straps to secure the ladder.

The mounting brackets will accommodate a 14' Duo-Safety 775-DR and 8' Duo-Safety 875-DR roof ladder as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space. 0601972 Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED

LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY
There will be white LED lights provided at the aerial turntable. The lights will be located to illuminate the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0601949 Light, Turntable Console, TecNiq T10, LED Strip Light

TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING
There will be one (1), TecNiq Model T10, white LED light strip mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0619248 SP Cover, Raised, Control Station

CONTROL STATION COVER
The cover provided at the turntable control station will be made taller than standard to allow the intercom controls, speaker, 120 volt tip light switch (if applicable), and/or waterway shutoff valve control (if applicable) to be installed under the console cover. 0771409 Hoist Rings, S/S, Forward Area of
Turntable, Ascendant, LSL

HOIST RINGS
There will be two (2) stainless steel hoist rings located on the turntable.

One (1) to be mounted on each side of the vertical surface of the lift cylinder ear at the front of the turntable (aerial side).

The rating of each hoist ring will be a maximum of 1000 lb in all directions. There will be a label indicating this rating provided next to the hoist rings. 0771410 SP Eyes,(2) Rear Of T/T,6.00" Off
Cntr,Rope Tie Off,Use w/Rope Tie
Bar/LyfePulley

EYELETS FOR ROPE TIE OFF POINTS
Two (2) eyelets will be mounted near the edge at the rear edge of the turntable to be used in as a rope tie off point. Eyelets will be provided that are approximately 6.00" off the center on each side. They will be spaced as not to interfere with handrail mounting.

The rating on each of these eyelets will be no more than 750 lbs. An adjacent label to each eyelet will indicate this.
0679974 SP Turntable Handrails, Offset Rear -
MDL Style for ASL/HSL Tiller

TURNTABLE HANDRAIL
The turntable handrail will be the offset rear style. This will provide approximately 24.00" clearance between the handrails at the turntable entrance. 0682074 Box, Ladder Belt Storage, Turntable

LADDER BELT STORAGE BOX AT TURNTABLE
A storage box with a hinged cover will be provided at the turntable. The box and cover will be constructed of aluminum treadplate. The box will be large enough to contain four (4) ladder belt (s).
0814632 Control Stations, ASL Tiller, MUX,
Color Display, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
There will be an information center provided at the aerial turntable control station. The information center will operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit. The information center will employ a Linux operating system and a 7.00" (diagonal measurement) LCD display. The LCD will have a 1000 nits rated, color display. The LCD will be sunlight readable. The LCD display will be encased in an ABS, grey plastic housing with a Pierce decal. There will be five (5), weatherresistant user interface switches provided. The LCD display can be changed to an available foreign language.

OPERATION
The information center will be designed for easy operation in everyday use. There will be a page button to cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow an NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. If any button is pressed while viewing a video feed, the information center will return to the vehicle information screens.

There will be a menu button to provide access to maintenance, setup, and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed.

GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide vehicle information At A Glance. If the information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background color will be used. If the information provided on a screen is not within acceptable limits, an amber background color will indicate a caution condition and a red background color will indicate a warning condition.

Every screen in the information center will include the aerial tip temperature, the time (12- or 24- hour mode) and a text Alert Center. The time will be synchronized between all Command Zone color displays located on the vehicle. The Alert Center will display text messages for audible alarms. The text messages will identify any items causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) audible alarm is activated, the text message for each alarm will cycle every second until the problems have been resolved. The background for the Alert Center will change to indicate the severity of the warning message. Amber will indicate a caution condition and red will indicate a warning condition. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red Bid #: 930 62
#15..
- 860 -
background color will be shown for all Alert Center messages.

A label will be provided for each button. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. If the button is not utilized on specific screens, it will have a button label with no text.

Symbols will accurately depict the aerial device type the information pertains to such as rear mount ladder, rear mount platform, mid-mount ladder or mid-mount platform.

PAGE SCREENS
The Information center will include the following pages:

The Aerial Main and Load Chart page will indicate the following information:

Rungs Aligned and Rungs Not Aligned will be indicated with text and respective green or red colored ladder symbols.

Ladder Elevation will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle with ladder symbol with the degree of elevation indicated between the vehicle and ladder.

Water Flow (if applicable) will be indicated via a water nozzle symbol and text indicating flow / time.

Breathing Air Levels will be indicated via an air bottle symbol and text indicating the percent (%) of air remaining. A green bar graphs shown inside the bottle will indicate oxygen levels above 20%. A red bar graph will indicate oxygen levels at or below 20%. When oxygen levels are at or below 10% the red bar graph will flash.

The Aerial Load Chart will indicate the load limit on each section of the ladder based on actual ladder position and water flow (if applicable).

At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background.

Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Aerial Reach and Hydraulic Systems page will indicate the following information:

Aerial Hydraulic Oil Temperature will be indicated with symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.

Aerial Hydraulic Oil Pressure will be indicated with a symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.

The following calculations will be indicated on a representative vehicle symbol:

Aerial Device Extension length.

Aerial Device Height indicating the height of the aerial device tip from the ground.

Aerial Device Reach indicating the horizontal distance the aerial reaches from the turntable.

Aerial Device Angle indicating the angle from the vehicle which the device is at.

At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background.

Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Level Vehicle page will indicate the following information:

The grade of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of grade shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle grade.

The slope of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of slope shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle slope.

Outriggers status will be indicated via a colored symbol for each outrigger present. Each outrigger status will be defined as one of the following:

Outrigger stowed indicated with a silver pan located close to the vehicle Outrigger fully extended indicated with a fully deployed green outrigger Outrigger short-jacked indicated by a yellow outrigger partially deployed Outrigger not set indicated by a red outrigger that is not set on the ground A text box located on the vehicle symbol will be utilized to identify the overall status of the outrigger leveling system. The following status will be indicated in the text box:

Deployed status will indicate all outriggers are properly set on the ground at full extension Shortjacked status will indicate one or more outriggers are set on the ground but not fully extended.

Not Set status will indicate one or more outriggers is not properly set on the ground.

Stowed status will indicate all outriggers are stowed for vehicle travel.

A bedding assist alert will indicate that the aerial device is being aligned by the Command Zone system as the operator lowers the aerial device into the cradle with the joystick.

At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background.

Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

MENU SCREENS
The following screens will be available through the Menu button:

The View System Information screen will display aerial device hours, aerial PTO hours, ladder aligned for stowing, aerial rotation angle, total water flow (if applicable), and aerial waterway valve status (if applicable).

The Set Display Brightness screen will allow brightness increase and decrease and include a default setting button.

The Configure Video Mode screen will allow setting of video contrast, video color and video tint.

The Set Startup screen allows setting of the screen that will be active at vehicle power-up.

The Set Date and Time screen has a 12- or 24-hour format, and allows setting of the time and date.

The View Active Alarms screen shows a list of all active alarms including the date and time of each alarm occurrence and shows all alarms that are silenced.

The System Diagnostics screen allows the user to view system status for each module and it's respective inputs and outputs. Viewable data will include the module type and ID number; the module version; and module diagnostics information including input or output number, the circuit number connected to that input or output, the circuit name (item connected to the circuit), status of the input or output, and other module diagnostic information.

Aerial calibrations screen indicates items that may be calibrated by the user and instructions to follow for proper calibration of the aerial device.

Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

STABILIZER CONTROL STATION
There will be an easily accessible control station located on the trailer gooseneck, one (1) each side of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station.

Driver Side/Passenger Side In/Out control switches
Driver Side/Passenger Side Up/Down control switches
Driver Side/Passenger Side Fully Extended indicator lights Bid #: 930 63
#15..
- 861 -
Driver Side/Passenger Side Firm On Ground indicator lights Stabilizer Emergency Power control switch
Trailer Level Assist control toggle switch
Global Safety Interlock Override red guarded switch
Aerial system Emergency Stop switch
Aerial system Emergency Stop Activated indicator light

TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION
There will be one (1) device control station located on the right side of the turntable so the operator may easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. All elevation, extension and rotation controls will operate from this location. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions, within the safe limits, as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards. Each control will be equipped, with a positive lock to hold the control in a neutral position, preventing accidental activation. In addition to the neutral lock, a console cover will be provided at the turntable control station.

The following items will also be provided at the turntable control station, clearly identified and lighted for nighttime operation and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:

Intercom controls
Tip tracking light switch
Emergency stop switch
Emergency power unit switch
Operator's load chart
Two (2) position switch for selecting aerial operational speed

HIGH IDLE
The high idle will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will automatically adjust the engine rpm to compensate for the amount of load placed upon the system. The system will include a safety device that allows activation of the high idle, only when the parking brake is set and the transmission is placed in neutral.
0743299 Remote Tip Controls, ASL/105' MUX

REMOTE AERIAL CONTROL
A remote control will be provided whereby all ladder movements can be controlled at the ladder tip, in addition to the control console.

The three (3) ladder functions (extension, rotation, elevation) will be controlled individually by means of spring loaded, return to center 12-volt proportional controls.

A momentary switch at the turntable control station will enable the controls at the ladder tip.

The turntable control console ladder controls will override the ladder tip controls.

The remote control aerial speed will be set in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Bid #: 930 64
#15..
- 862 -
0789602 Stabilizers, ASL Tractor Drawn Steel
Aerial, Split Pan, 17' Spread

STABILIZERS
The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two (2) hydraulically operated out and down style stabilizers. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces.

The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 17' measured from the centerline of the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be 6.81" wide x 8.88" high with 0.75" thick top and bottom plates and 0.50" thick sides of 100,000-PSI minimum yield strength steel. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves with thermal relief designed to ensure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers.

The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 2.25" bore, 1.38" rod, and 57.25" stroke.

The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of 12.00" ground penetration. The cylinders will be supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 4.25" bore, 3.00" rod, and 28.88" stroke.

Each stabilizer jack will have a pan that will be of the split-pan design and will be a maximum

12.50" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles.

This pan will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back 90 degrees for added strength.

STABILIZER PADS
The stabilizer footpad will be 12.00" in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain.

AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS
An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be 24.00" square and made from lightweight composite material.

The ground pressure will not exceed 75 lb per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position.

There will be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers.

STABILIZER CONTROLS
An electrically controlled hydraulic valve will power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls will be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism will be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion.

The stabilizer controls will be located on the trailer gooseneck, one (1) each side of the apparatus, to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel will include the following:

Driver Side/Passenger Side In/Out control toggle switches Driver Side/Passenger Side Up/Down control toggle switches Driver Side/Passenger Side Fully Extended indicator lights Driver Side/Passenger Side Firm On Ground indicator lights Stabilizer Emergency Power control toggle switch
Trailer Level Assist control toggle switch
Global Safety Interlock Override red guarded toggle switch Aerial system Emergency Stop mushroom switch
Aerial system Emergency Stop Activated indicator light
As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve will be provided. The hydraulic power will be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers will not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated.

To aid in leveling the unit, two (2) bubble type angle indicators will be located near the stabilizer controls. One (1) indicator will show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other will show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators will be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity.

A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement.

A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light will be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light. This light will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.
0728961 Stabilizer Pan Material

STABILIZER PAN MATERIAL
The aerial stabilizer pans will be smooth aluminum, painted to match the lower body color. 0530819 Not Required, Aerial Stabilizer Pins

STABILIZER PINS
The stabilizer jacks will not have holes for the stabilizer pins.

Bid #: 930 65
#15..
- 863 -
0779621 Doors, Stabilizer Control Box,
Valve/Electrical Distribution Box, Tiller

STABILIZER CONTROL BOX DOORS
There will be aluminum treadplate doors hinged on the bottom with a flush lift and turn latch provided over each stabilizer control box.

VALVE/POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX ACCESS DOOR
There will be aluminum treadplate doors with a flush lift and turn latch provided over the valve and power distribution box doors. These doors will be bottom hinged. 0540495 Pads, Stabilizer, Modified to Slide On STABILIZER PADS, MODIFIED The two (2) auxiliary stabilizer pads will be modified so they can be installed on the bottom of the stabilizer. The auxiliary stabilizer pad holders on the truck will also be modified. 0629913 Lights, Stabilizer Pad Locator, Wln
Micro MPB*, Rec Stb S Pn, Sw Ft

STABILIZER GROUND ILLUMINATION LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen Micro Pioneer, Model MPB*, 12 volt DC LED spot light(s) provided.

The light(s) will be recessed in the stationary stabilizer pan..

The light(s) will indicate where the stabilizer pad will be set down.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will be recessed into the stabilizer side cover plate on the aerial platform body and trimmed with a polished stainless steel housing/garnish ring.

The light(s) will be activated per the following selections:
a switch at the driver's side switch panel
no additional switch location
when the aerial master switch is activated
no additional switch location
0786011 Hydraulic System, ASL Tiller

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufacturers certified technician.

All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components.

Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000 psi and a burst pressure rating of 16,000 psi.

All hydraulic fittings and tubing will be plated to minimize corrosion.

The fitting will use an O-ring seal where possible to minimize hydraulic leaks.

An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake is set as outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The system will meet the performance requirement of the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, which requires adequate cooling less than 2.5 hours of operations.

All hydraulic components that are non-sealing whose failure could result in the movement of the aerial will comply with current edition of applicable NFPA standards and have burst strength of 4:1.

Dynamic sealing components whose failure could cause aerial movement will have a margin of 2:1 on maximum operating pressure per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

All hydraulic hoses, tubes, and connections will have a minimum burst strength of 4:1 per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

A chassis mounted positive displacement piston pump for consistent pressure and rapid responses will supply hydraulic power for all aerial operations. The positive displacement pump will provide 3,150psi. The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations.

The hydraulic oil will be a premium Multi-Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti-wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site will have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13.

Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000 SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance.

The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO 4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system.

Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing.

Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir.

The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel tubes inside the stabilizer beams to eliminate hydraulic hose wear and leaks.

Hydraulic power to the ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel.

The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on the turntable display.

The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at 3,150 psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage.

HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders.

Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges.

Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure.

All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure.

POWER TAKEOFF/HYDRAULIC PUMP
The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission and actuated by an electric shift, located inside the cab. The power takeoff which drives the hydraulic pump will meet all the requirements for the aerial unit operations.

Am amber indicator light will be installed on the cab instrument panel to notify the operator that Bid #: 930 66
#15..
- 864 -
the power takeoff is engaged.

An interlock will be provided that allows operation of aerial power only after the chassis spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been placed in the neutral position or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from the rear axle.

The hydraulic system will be supplied by a variable displacement load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation.

EMERGENCY PUMP
The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of the current NFPA 1901 standard.

The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump.

AERIAL CONTROL VALVE
The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be electrically controlled and be located in the control console with the handles oriented downward for manual operation. The activation handles will be spaced a minimum of 3.50" for ease of operation. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper sealing of any cylinder holding cartridge.

OIL RESERVOIR
The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill cap will have a 40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve.

Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100 mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation.

A six (6) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants.

A combination sight glass and thermometer will be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable location.

The hydraulic oil reservoir will be labeled per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

RETURN FILTER
The low pressure oil return filter will be remote mounted and designed to prevent oil loss during filter change. A 50 psi bypass will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal operating temperatures. The system will incorporate the following filter to provide dependable service:
return filter: beta 200 at 6 micron
0786880 Swivels, D-Series w/Encoder, ASLTandem/Tiller, MUX (32 Collector Rings)

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a three (3) port, high pressure hydraulic swivel which will connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir through the rotation point to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360 degree continuous rotation of the aerial.

ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360 degrees rotation of the aerial while connecting all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 32 collector rings will be provided that are capable of supplying 30 amp continuous service. All collector rings will be enclosed and protected with desiccant plugs against condensation and corrosion. No oil or silicone will be used.
12-BIT ABSOLUTE ENCODER
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a 12-Bit Absolute Encoder which provides 4096 counts per shaft turn for position and direction reference.

The 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will provide a unique binary word to reference each position and direction for all 360 degrees of rotation.

If the power is interrupted for any reason, the 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will allow power to be returned to the system without having to re-zero the settings.

The 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will be an integral part of a micro-processor based control system.

Bid #: 930 67
#15..
- 865 -
0815131 Electrical System, ASL Tiller, MUX,
10/8 Cable

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The standard 8 conductor cable to the tip contains 10 AWG conductors.

The aerial device will utilize a microprocessor-based control system. The system will consist of the following components:

Control System Modules
Each of the control system modules will be configured as follows:

Sealed to a NEMA 4 rating
Operating range from -40 degrees F to 185 degrees F (-40 degrees C to 85 degrees C) Communicate using J1939 data link
Two (2) diagnostic LED light
One (1) green light that illuminates when module has power (B+) and ground One (1) red light that flashes to indicate the module is capable of communicating via the data link Ground matrix identification system
The following control system modules will be used:

Control Module
Main controller for the system
USB connection allows for computer diagnostics
Power Module
Built-in fault sensing
Eight (8) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
10A continuous per output
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Constant Current Module
Built-in fault sensing
Three (3) analog inputs
Eight (8) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
4A continuous per output
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Closed Loop System
Input Module
16 software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Output Module
16 digital outputs
Input/Output Module
Eight (8) software selectable (digital or analog) inputs Eight (8) digital outputs
0804781 Aerial Scene Lts Separated into
Aerial Tip Category and Aerial
Tracking Category
0805324 SP Lights, Tip, Selected from Lights,
12VDC, 120/240VAC, Aerial Device
Category
0805141 SP Lights, Tracking, Selected From
Different Category
0653677 Lighting, Rung, LED, TecNiq, 4
Section, Base, Lower/Upper Mid, Fly

LIGHTING ON AERIAL LADDER
There will be TecNiq, Model D02 LED rung lighting provided on both sides of the aerial ladder base, lower and upper mid, and fly sections. The lighting will be located adjacent to the ladder rungs along the lower rail of the ladder sections and will run the length of the ladder section.

The color of the sections will be:

The base section of the ladder to be red.

The lower mid section of the ladder to be red.

The upper mid section of the ladder to be red.

The fly section of the ladder to be red.

The LED rung lighting will be activated when a switch at the turntable operator's panel is activated through the aerial master and a switch at the turntable operator's panel is activated through the master battery switch.

The lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0540725 Lights, Stabilizer Warn (1) Set, Wln
M6* LED, Rear Colored Lens

STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) LED flashing warning lights with chrome flanges installed on the stabilizer cover panels, one (1) each side.

The rear stabilizer pan lights will be red LED with a lens the same color as the LEDs.

These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. 0068703 Lights, Grote Supernova LED,
Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set

STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch.

Bid #: 930 68
#15..
- 866 -
0601980 Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (1) set,
Truck-Lite 40227C, Incandescent

STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Truck-Lite, Model 40227C 4.00" incandescent, scene light installed under each stabilizer beam to illuminate the surrounding area. A total of two (2) lights will be installed.

These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0745358 AC Power To Aerial Tip, 15/20A 120V
3-Pr 3-Wr SB Dup NEMA 5-20R, ASL
120-VOLT RECEPTACLE AT TIP
There will be a 15/20 amp 120-volt, three (3)-prong duplex straight blade NEMA 5-20R receptacle with weatherproof cover provided at the tip of the aerial device. 0656704 Light, Wln PFP2AP, 120 Volt LED @
Tip, PBAPEDA Pedestal Mount
(PAL/HAL)
120 VOLT LIGHTING AT TIP
There will be Two (2) Whelen, Model PFP2AP, 120 volt AC LED floodlight(s) mounted on a Whelen, Model PBAPEDA pedestal swivel base provided at the tip of the ladder. Each light will rotate 360 degrees.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will be located on the driver and passenger side.

Light(s) will be switched at the platform/tip, turntable, and cab 0667498 Light, Wln PFP2AP, 120 Volt LED @
Base, PBAPEDA Pedestal Mount,
Pair
120 VOLT AERIAL BASE SECTION LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model PFP2AP, white 120 volt AC LED floodlights mounted on a Whelen, Model PBAPEDA pedestal swivel base provided on the base section of the aerial device.

Power to be switched to these lights from the aerial device turntable control panel. 0724821 SP Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research
ICA910 Hands Free (Special
Location, Con)
2-WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
There will be a Fire Research, Model ICA910, two-way intercom system provided. The control module with LED volume display and push-button volume control and speaker will be located in the turntable operator console, provided there is room.

A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push-to-talk button is pressed.

Each intercom unit will be weatherproof.
0540895 Not Required, Breathing Air to Tip,
Aerial Ladder
0024742 Not Required, Mask, Breathing Air To
Tip
0066919 Not Required, Raised Pedestal, Tiller

0604457 Lifting Eye Assembly, Rope Rescue
Attachment, ASL, LSL

LIFTING EYE ASSEMBLY - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT
A lifting eye assembly will be provided that is designed to evenly distribute load at the tip of the aerial. The lift eye assembly is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard side of the egress. Leveling is maintained by the lifting eye assembly rotating within the egress mounting. The lifting eye assembly rating will match the capacity rating of the aerial device. 0709614 SP Rope Tie Bar At Base Section,forLyfe
Pulley,Compt Storage,Ascend,105'
HDL,Tiller

ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A removable bracket shall be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket shall provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and/or guide points spaced 5.75" apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket shall be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. The bracket shall be stored in a compartment. 0808215 LyfePulley, Rescue System RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A rescue lifting attachment will be provided. The lifting attachmentwill mount to the aerial egress and will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 750lb, regardless of whether one (1) or both pulleys are being utilized. 0786677 Rope Tie Bar At Base Section,
Painted Box, Rescue Lifting System,
w/ Winch

ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM WITH WINCH A removable bracket will be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket will provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and/or guide points centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket will be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket will be provided on the outside rear of the base section. The storage box and bracket will be painted to match the aerial device.

There will be a Harken Model 40.2 ST winch with 10.00" (254mm) handle provided and mounted directly to the top of the removable bracket and centered between the rope tie off eyes. The winch will be rated for a 500lb maximum load that will allow straight or horizontal side pulls only. A label will be provided near the winch to indicate the 500lb maximum load.

Bid #: 930 69
#15..
- 867 -
0530828 Turntable Access, Chains

AERIAL TURNTABLE CHAIN
A chain will be installed at the aerial turntable.
0790402 Waterway, High Flow, ASL-Tiller

WATER SYSTEM
A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features:

A 5.00" pipe will be connected to the water supply on one end and to a 5.00" internal diameter water swivel at the rotation point of the turntable. The water swivel will permit 360 degree continuous rotation of the aerial device.

The 5.00" waterway swivel is to be routed through the rotation point up to the heel pin swivel. The heel pin swivel will allow the water to flow to the ladder pipe while elevating the aerial ladder from -10 degrees to 77 degrees. The heel pivot pin is not integral with the waterway swivel at any point. The design of the waterway will allow complete servicing of the waterway swivel without disturbing the heel pivot pin.

The integral telescopic water system will consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base section, a

4.00" diameter tube in the inner mid-section, a 3.50" diameter tube in the outer mid-section, and a

3.00" diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway will be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe.

The aerial will be capable of discharging up to 1000 gpm at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 90 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the rated tip load.

The aerial will be capable of discharging between 1001 and up to 1500 gallons per minute at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 40 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the rated tip load.

The master stream will be capable of flow up to 30 degrees above horizontal.

An adjustable pressure relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge.

Two (2) 1.50" drain valves will be located at the lowest points of the waterway system and will be routed to drain through the center of the 5th wheel.

WATERWAY SEALS
The waterway seals will be of type-B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi, temperatures in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated.

The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. 0632855 Monitor, Akron 3480 StreamMaster II
Electric w/Extended Vertical Travel

AERIAL MONITOR
An Akron Model 3480 monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip with a Akron 1250 gpm Model 1578. This monitor will allow for an additional 30 degrees of travel above horizontal at the aerial tip.

The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control will be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip.

There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls.

If the aerial has a quick-lock waterway, a limit switch will be provided to disable the extended vertical travel when the monitor is locked to the lower ladder section. 0010758 Flow Meter, Waterway, PAL, 110'
Ascendant, MUX

AERIAL WATERWAY FLOW METER
Waterway flow, including total water flowed, will be monitored by the microprocessor. An LCD display will be located at the turntable control station. 0512000 Inlet, Aerial Waterway, 4.00"
Plumbing with 5.00" Inlet, Tiller

AERIAL WATERWAY INLET
The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the fifth wheel area to the waterway swivel with 4.00" pipe. A 5.00" inlet will be located on each side of the apparatus complete with a chrome plated cap. The individual "line" pressure gauges for the inlets will be manufactured by Class 1. They will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering. Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum/pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the inlet as practical. 0673128 Quick-Lock Waterway Locking
System, 100' HDL, 105' HDL, ASL

WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM
The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder.

The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder.

The handle, attached to a cam bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section.

There will be no pins to remove and reinstall.

The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines.
0768548 Label, Pinnable Waterway Lock,
Ascendant

QUICK-LOCK WATER WAY LOCK LABELING
The Quick-Lock waterway locking mechanism will be labeled "LOWER FLY" "RELEASE" "UPPER FLY". Three (3) labels will be installed on the side of the pinnable waterway release lever mounting bracket.

Bid #: 930 70
#15..
- 868 -
0013164 Elbow, Aerial Inlet, 5" FNST x 5"
Storz w/Cap

ADAPTER, STORZ INLET
There will be two (2) 5.00" FNST x 5.00" Storz 30 degree elbow(s) with blind cap provided on each side of the aerial waterway inlets.
0047897 Tools, Aerial

TOOLS
The following tools will be provided for retorquing of all specified bolts as recommended by the manufacturer:

Torque Wrench
All Required Extensions, Sockets and Adapters
4-to-1 Multiplier
0668583 Manuals and Training, 4 Consecutive
Days, Ascendant Ladder, PAL

MANUALS
Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up.

INITIAL INSTRUCTION
On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of four (4) consecutive days. 0645891 Chart, Lubrication Points, Number
and Location

LUBRICATION CHART
two (2) copie(s) of a lubrication chart will be provided with the manuals. The chart will indicate the total number of lubrication points and their locations. 0807577 Cab, Tiller, Sliding Doors

TILLER CAB
A permanently mounted tiller cab will be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab will not exceed 134.00". The tiller cab will be totally enclosed.

The cab windshield will be automotive approved tinted safety glass and will provide a minimum of 1,513 square inches of clear viewing area.

Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, will be more than 536 square inches. The side windows, combined with the windshield, will provide a minimum of 2,585 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility for the tillerman, there will be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield.

Two (2) slide back doors, one each side of cab will be provided. Doors will be mounted on top and bottom slides which will be lockable in either open or closed position. A minimum door opening of 21.50" will be provided when entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors will be equipped with drop-down windows. The windows will be 18.00" wide x 31.00" high.

The rear wall of the tiller cab will have a vertically-split sliding window. The window will be 33.50" wide x 27.75" high.

The tiller cab floor will be constructed of aluminum treadplate.

A two (2) speed electric windshield wiper with washer will be provided for the front windshield.

The windshield washer reservoir will have a capacity of two (2) quarts and will be located forward of the tiller cab.

An adjustable, telescopic steering column will be provided.

The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system will be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell, behind the fuel fill door.

The following controls/alarms will be provided inside the tiller cab:

Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver.

Jackknife alarm
The following will be provided on the steering column support pedestal:

Two (2) heater/defroster outlets
Heater/defroster control switch
The following controls/gauges will be located in the upper control panel:

Tiller wheel position indicator gauge. (L-C-R)
Two (2) 2.00" diameter amber turn signal
Windshield wiper/washer control switch
0726222 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, Tiller Cab

A smoked Lexan™ sun visor will be provided in the tiller cab above the windshield. There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure the sun visor in the stowed position. 0636262 Light, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 1lt

TILLER CAB DOME LIGHT
There will be one (1) P1006, dual LED dome light with grey bezel installed in the tiller cab.

The color of the LED will be red and white.

The white LED will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED will be controlled by the lens switch.
0724595 Heater/Defroster, Tiller Cab, Electric,
Dual 12V, 3 Spd, No Thermo

TILLER CAB HEATER/DEFROSTER
There shall be two (2) DC Thermal, Model SA12-4000, combination heater/defroster provided in the tiller cab. The system shall be 12 volt and shall be powered through the tractor ignition circuit.

Each heater shall have a max of 5,000BTU.

Each heater/defroster will have a 3-speed motor and a high/low heat switch located in the tiller cab within reach of the tillerman.

There shall be a minimum of two (2) defrost outlets in the cab for maximum defrost performance.

The system shall be 12 volt and shall be powered through the tractor ignition circuit.

The heater/defrost system shall have an airflow of 220 cfm.

Bid #: 930 71
#15..
- 869 -
0734216 SP Air Conditioner, Tiller Cab, Painted,
2019

TILLER CAB AIR CONDITIONING
Air conditioning will be provided for the tiller cab.

The unit will be manufactured by Danhard Inc.

The air conditioner will have cooling capacity of 13,500 BTU.

The in tiller cab venting will route via louvers included on the B-pillar of the tiller cab.

The unit will be 120 volt AC and will be run off of the onboard generator. The full load amperage draw will be 12.00 amps in the cooling mode.

The evaporator will be located ahead of the tiller cab on the top deck of the tiller trailer. The air conditioning unit will not increase the overall height of the tiller cab.

The evaporator cover will be painted to match the job color. 0695671 Seat, Tiller, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air
Ride Hi-Back

TILLER CAB SEAT
A seat will be provided in the tiller cab. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension.

For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. The seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0827876 SP Steps,Tiller Cab Access,
w/Reinforced Channels, Moved
Rearward, Each Side

TILLER CAB STEPS
For access to the tiller cab, two (2) sets of steps will be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set each side. The steps will be moved rearward and be in alignment with the tiller cab door.

The bottom three (3) access steps will be full width, approximately 21.00" wide and the top step will be full width, approximately 18.50" wide. The steps will be securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. There will be a reinforcing channel provided on the underside of each step. Handrails will be provided on each side of the step assemblies for maximum safety; a vertical handrail will be on the forward side and a candy cane style will be provided on the rearward side. A vertical handrail will also be provided on the tiller cab. The steps will be illuminated for nighttime operation.
0888725 SP Ind Warn, Cab Seatbelt Warn,
Jackknife Warn Wln VTX609B, FB
UT-09-515-S, Dual

JACKKNIFE ALARM
There will be two (2) Floyd Bell, Model UT-09-515-S, staccato tone audible alarms and two (2) Whelen, Model VTX609B, blue flashing LED lights activated when the jackknife position approaches the maximum allowable angle which is 60 degrees. There will also be two (2) Floyd Bell, Model UO-09-515-S, whoop tone audible alarms activated when the jackknife position approaches actual collision which is 80 degrees.

One (1) of each alarm and light will be installed in the tractor cab within view of the tractor driver.

One (1) of each alarm and light will be installed in the tiller cab within view of the tiller driver.

At 80 degrees jackknife position both alarms will sound, the staccato alarm will not deactivate at 80 degrees jackknife position.

TILLER WARNING INDICATOR
A warning indicator in the tractor cab will be activated if the parking brake is released and the tiller driver is not seated and buckled in the tiller cab.
0012207 Mirror, 6" Round Convex, Tiller Cab
(PR)
CONVEX MIRRORS (tiller cab)
A 6.00" diameter round convex mirror with adjustable arm will be installed on each side of tiller cab.
0600100 SP Bracket, Wedge, 30 Degree, HVAC
Controls

HVAC CONTROL BRACKET
There will be one 30 degree wedge bracket for mounting the A/C/heater/defroster controls onto.

This will allow the Tillerman to view the control screens from where he is seated. 0766006 Air Conditioning Condenser Cover,
Treadplate, Knockouts

AIR CONDITIONER CONDENSER COVER
There will be a treadplate cover provided over the tiller cab air conditioner condenser. Knockouts will be provided to allow for proper air flow and circulation. 0634358 SP Steering Shaft, Raised for Raised
Rear Body/Tiller Cab

TILLER CAB STEERING
The steering shaft provided for the tiller cab will be designed to accommodate a raised rear body.

The rear body will be raised 6.00".
0099824 Footswitch, Engine Start in Tiller Cab,
W/Master Override Switch In Tractor
Cab

ENGINE START IN TILLER CAB
A foot switch will be provided in the tiller cab on the passenger side to allow the truck to be started. If the switch is not pressed the truck will not start.

There will be a master override switch located in the cab which will allow the truck to be started in the unlikely event that the switch at the tiller cab would fail.

The switch in the cab will be a covered momentary switch.

Bid #: 930 72
#15..
- 870 -
0051052 Window Defrost Fans (2) WINDOW DEFROST FANS
Two (2) window defrost fans will be mounted one each side of the tiller steering column . 0615412 SP Deflectors, Tiller Cab Air Vents,
Angled Towards Windshield

VENT DEFLECTORS
There will be painted aluminum deflectors provided around the tiller cab air vents to help direct the air towards the windshield to help maintain clear visibility through the tiller cab windshield. 0821772 SP UV Protection,3M Ceramic IR Series
Solar Film,Till Cab
Windshield,Drs,Rear Wind

WINDOW UV PROTECTION
The tiller cab windshield, rear wall sliding window and each door window will have 3M™, Ceramic IR series, UV protection film applied.
0768851 SP Air Conditioner and Heater Controls,
Angled Panel, Special Loc, Tiller Cab

TILLER CAB HVAC CONTROLS LOCATION
The controls for the tiller cab air conditioner and heater will be installed on an angled panel located AC controls RS Dash and Heater Controls LS Dash. 0535631 SP Light, Indicator and Buzzer, Cab and
Body Doors Open, Tiller Cab

TILLER INDICATOR LIGHT
Two (2) amber indicator lights and buzzers will be provided in the tiller cab to indicate when any driver side or passenger side cab and body doors are open. The lights will be wired into the "door open warning circuit" the same as in the cab. The system will not activate until the parking brake has been released. The indicator lights will be visible to the tillerman in an overhead switch panel, the lights will be labeled "DS DOOR OPEN" and "PS DOOR OPEN". 0601213 SP Vent Louvers, (2) Aluminum, IPOS,
Tiller Cab

VENT LOUVERS
The tiller cab vent louvers will be aluminum.
0521828 SP Door Lock, Keyed, Tiller Cab Door, to
Match Cab, Exterior Only

TILLER CAB DOOR LOCKS
The door on the tiller cab will be furnished with lockable exterior handles. The tiller door and all cab and crew cab doors will be keyed alike.
0626771 Trailer, 3.00" Extended Gooseneck,
Single Axle Only, Tiller

TILLER TRAILER
The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer will be constructed of 100,000 psi minimum yield strength steel.

The gooseneck area will have a section modulus of 289.00 cu. in. and a resistance to bending moment of 28,900,000 inch pounds.

The gooseneck area will be 46.00" wide x 13.50" deep.

The tiller trailer frame will be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist.

The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous smooth taper to a 10.75" over the tiller axle.

The frame rails will be constructed of 80,000 psi minimum yield strength heat treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover plates will be 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel.

The tiller trailer frame will have a section modulus of 257.70 cu. in., and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 12,880,000 inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cu. in. with an rbm of 2,085,803 inch pounds over the rear axle.

The overall length of the tiller trailer will be 471.00". The gooseneck area of the trailer will be extended 3.00".
0090681 Walkway, Turntable to Body, Tiller

WALKWAY, TURNTABLE TO BODY
A walkway will be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body.

Bid #: 930 73
#15..
- 871 -
0052481 Axle, Tiller Trailer, Oshkosh TAK-4,
Non Drive, 22,800#

TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE
The tiller trailer axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The kingpin bearing will be of low friction design and be sealed for life.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The turning angle will be up to 24 degrees.

TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY
The non drive axle system will have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty. 0032125 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/tilt, TAK4, Tiller Trailer TILLER TRAILER STEERING Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided.

The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping.

A lock-out pin will be provided on the tiller cab steering column. 0652502 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17", Disc
Plus, TAK-4, Tiller
BRAKES
The tiller trailer brake calipers will be Meritor® DiscPlus™ EX225 air disc type. The brake rotors will be 17.00" ventilated.
0052483 Suspension, Tiller, 22,800#

SUSPENSION
Independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces, and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system will allow for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean will be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows 4.00" of ride height adjustment per side.

The independent suspension will have been put through a durability test that simulated a minimum of 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0088777 Tires, Michelin, XZY 3 (wb),
425/65R22.50 20 ply (tiller)
TIRES
Tiller trailer tires will be Michelin 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply all-position XZY3 wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. 0037030 Wheels, Alum. Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25"
(385/425), Tiller

WHEELS, TILLER
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa® 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10)-stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0037050 Oil Seals, Tiller Axle

OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the tiller axle. 0086981 No Tiller Trailer Accessories Req'd
0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.

Bid #: 930 74
#15..
- 872 -
0816498 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Aerial, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 will be provided by the fire department:

One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 107, American National Standard for High-Visibility Safety Apparel and Accessories, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Shall be Considered:

The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 should be considered:

Two (2) 3 ft - 4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

Two (2) crowbars.

Two (2) claw tools.

Two (2) 12 lb (5 kg) sledgehammers.

Four (4) SCBA apparatus
Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
One (1) first aid kit.

Six (6) salvage covers, each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.6 m × 5.5 m).

Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (2) scoop shovels.

One (1) pair of bolt cutters, 24.00" (0.6 m) minimum.

One (1) 150 ft (45 m) light-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500.

One (1) 150 ft (45 m) general-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500.

One (1) 150 ft (45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000 lb (2300 kg).

One (1) box of tools to include the following:
one (1) hacksaw with three (3) blades
one (1) keyhole saw
one (1) 12" (.3 m) pipe wrench
one (1) 24" (.6 m) pipe wrench
one (1) ballpeen hammer
one (1) pair of tin snips
one (1) pair of pliers
one (1) pair of lineman's pliers
assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers
assorted adjustable wrenches
assorted combination wrenches
One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0007482 Not Required, Crowbars

0007484 Not Required, Claw Tools

0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0817000 Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0007494 Not Required, Sledgehammers

Bid #: 930 75
#15..
- 873 -
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a twocomponent high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultrasmooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T. standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient.

Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709846 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Velocity/Impel

CAB TWO-TONE PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone, with the upper section painted Grey 479 and the lower section painted #90 red. There will be a special two-tone cab paint break at the roof line provided.

There will be no cab shield provided.
0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab. 0509327 Paint, Two Tone, Tiller Cab PAINT
The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section painted gray #479 and the lower section of the cab painted red #90.

The paint break will be located at the roof, matching the tractor cab.

Bid #: 930 76
#15..
- 874 -
0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat,
Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with primer and gloss paint to match the lower job color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated (unless otherwise stated in a secondary option) are:

Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels
0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels
0809564 No Paint Required, Aluminum Tiller
Wheels
0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color. 0887826 Coating, UL-LX, Accessory Compt
Door

ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT DOOR
There will be one (1) accessory compartment door(s) sprayed with black UL-LX® polyurethane/polyurea material. The locations will be B2 - Interior side of Compartment door B2.

The lining will be properly installed by an authorized UL-LX dealer. 0823974 SP Coating, Safe-Stride,Top Surf Tiller
Trailer,A/C Cond/Hose Line,No Lower
Catwalk

TRAILER HORIZONTAL COATING
Portions of the trailer will be coated with grey Safe-Stride® anti-slip coating to help reduce glare for the tillerman.

Surfaces to be coated include:

Top, horizontal surfaces of the front, center and rear body module All drip rails
Tiller cab air conditioning condenser and hose lines will also be covered (if applicable) 0581434 Transit Coating, Carwell, Corrosion
Protection, Including Underside

TRANSIT COATING
All non-painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water.

The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable.

The underside non-painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 0760810 Coating, Safe-Stride, Tiller A/C, Top
of Cover in Front of Tiller Cab

TILLER CAB A/C COVER COATING
There will be grey Safe-Stride® anti-slip coating provided on the top of the tiller A/C evaporator cover directly in front of the tiller cab.
0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.

Bid #: 930 77
#15..
- 875 -
0790913 Aerial Ladder Paint, Incl Gooseneck,
Stabilizers, Tiller

AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR
The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting.

2. Zinc Rich Primer - Zinc rich primer will be applied to the trailer including the gooseneck and stabilizer housings, stabilizer beams and jacks, and upper 5th wheel components.

3. Primer/Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component epoxy primer/surfacer will be applied to the mechanically shot-blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two (2) component epoxy caulk before painting.

4. Hand Sanding - The primer/surfacer coat of the outer surfaces of the hand rails and base rails will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish.

5. Primer Coat - A two (2) component epoxy primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer.

6. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching.

7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied.

Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor.

Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items.

The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven (7) step finishing process:

Aerial device ladder sections and extension cylinders: charcoal metallic 479 Aerial turntable: charcoal metallic 479
Aerial control console: charcoal metallic 479
Aerial lift cylinders: charcoal metallic 479
Aerial rotation motor (if applicable): charcoal metallic 479 Aerial trailer including the gooseneck and stabilizer housings, 5th wheel components below the rotation point, body support structure, tiller axle and suspension: red 90 Aerial stabilizers: red 90
Aerial egress: #90 red (will be contrasting color to the aerial device ladder sections) Aerial boom support: red 90
0817144 SP Reflective Band, 1" Vinyl-4" Refl-1"
Vinyl, w/Borders, 0.50" Voids

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (3) stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.

The band will consist of a 1.00" slate metallic vinyl stripe at the top with a 1/4" black border top and bottom, then a 4.00" reflective white stripe, and a 1.00" slate metallic vinyl stripe at the bottom with a 1/4" black border top and bottom. There will be a 0.50" void between the stripes. 0077356 Reflective, Cab Face, Below the S/S
Trim Band

REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON CAB FACE
The reflective band provided on the cab face will be located below the stainless steel trim band and above the front bumper.
0820104 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Reflective,
NFPA/ULC 2024, Tiller

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus including the rear door. The tillerman cab and rear bumper will not be covered.

The colors will be yellow and red (tomato red) reflective.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.
0596383 Stripe, Reflective/Diamond Grade, 6"
on Stabilizers

REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS
There will be a 6.00" wide black reflective stripe provided on the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers.
0567374 Stripe, Black Outline each Chevron
Stripe @ Rear (Not Warranted)

REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE
A black vinyl outline will be provided for each chevron stripe at the rear of the truck.

There will be no warranty provided for this material.
0668703 Stripe, Reflective, Cab and Crew Cab
Doors Interior, Match Exterior of
Apparatus

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
Reflective striping will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The striping will match what has been provided on the exterior of the unit.

This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0543998 Stripe, Reflective, Tillerman Doors
Interior

REFLECTIVE STRIPE, TILLERMAN DOORS
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement.
0680371 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Two-Tone Paint
Break with Shield, IPO Chrome
Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield.

Bid #: 930 78
#15..
- 876 -
0680426 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Box, Boom Sign
with Scrolls, Aerial

BOOM SIGN STRIPING
There will be genuine gold leaf stripes along all edges of the aerial boom sign. The stripes will have an outline and a scroll at each corner.
0027372 Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. 0686432 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 22 letters provided.
0686190 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 14.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 14.00" high, with outline provided. There will be six (6) letters provided.
0686211 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 9.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 8.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 22 letters provided.
0686221 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 7.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 7.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be two (2) letters provided.
0686229 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 6.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be four (4) letters provided.
0686256 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be seven (7) letters provided.
0655896 Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert,
Each

SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
four (4) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering.

They will be mounted to be determined at precon and 9.75"W X 11"H on the cab sides & front bumper. in size.
0530793 Emblem, American Flag, Flat (Not
Moving), Pair, Mirror Images

EMBLEMS
There will be one (1) pair of American flag emblems, 12.00" high, installed Located on the gooseneck section of the tiller.. The flag will be flat (not moving) and made out of vinyl material.

The pair will be mirror images of each other.
0029814 Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
18"-20", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed Located on cab doors..
0755303 Artwork File, Provided on Custom
USB Drive

ARTWORK ON CUSTOM USB DRIVE
There will be a custom USB drive with department specific artwork files provided to the Fire Department.

Stock artwork, or artwork developed exclusively by Pierce Manufacturing, and proprietary fonts will not be included on the USB drive.
0529225 Manuals, Two (2) CD, Fire Apparatus
Parts, Custom Chassis

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS CD MANUAL
There will be two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus provided in CD format with the completed unit.

The manuals will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
The manuals will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the factory website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.

Bid #: 930 79
#15..
- 877 -
0543577 Manuals, (1) Chassis Service & (1)
CD, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
One (1) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components will be provided with the completed unit.

One (1) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual.

The manuals will contain the following sections:
- Job number
- Table of contents
- Troubleshooting
- Front Axle/Suspension
- Brakes
- Engine
- Tires
- Wheels
- Cab
- Electrical, DC
- Air Systems
- Plumbing
- Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0531638 Manual, Two (2) CD, Chassis
Operation, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION CD MANUALS
There will be two (2) CD format chassis operation manuals provided. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0611136 Warranty, Chassis, 3 Year,
Velocity/Impel, WA0284

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce custom chassis limited warranty certificate, WA0284, is included with this proposal. 0735523 Warranty, Engine, Paccar MX13, 5
Year, WA0386

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Paccar five (5) yearlimited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
0595767 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year,
Velocity/Impel, WA0038

FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year, Meritor,
General Service, WA0384
SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year,
Meritor Wabco, WA0232
ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, ProRate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 930 80
#15..
- 878 -
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0006999 Warranty, Structure, 20 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0052
TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA0052, is included with this proposal. 0687388 Warranty, Swivels, 5 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0197

AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY
An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal.
0088889 Not Required, Additional Aerial
Warranty
0687327 Warranty, Waterway, 10 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0198

AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY
An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate is included with this proposal.
0595860 Warranty, Paint, 4 Year, Aerial
Device, Pro-Rated, WA0047

FOUR (4) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce aerial device limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0047, is included with this proposal.
0725636 Warranty, Harrison Generator, 2 Year

TWO (2) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Harrison Hydra-Gen generator two (2) yearlimited warranty will be provided. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, ProRate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595421 Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal.
0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 930 81
#15..
- 879 -
0808574 Certification, Engine Installation, VEL,
Paccar MX, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.
0892701 Certification, Cab Integrity,
Impel/Velocity FR, CD0190

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,050 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lb. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0548950 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Velocity/Impel, CD0001

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000-cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0548967 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Impel/Velocity, CD0005

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0667411 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Velocity/Impel FR, CD0004

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0549273 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Imp/Vel/Vel SLT, CD0018

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

Bid #: 930 82
#15..
- 880 -
0735950 Certification, Cab HVAC System Perf,
Vel/Imp FR,
CD0166/CD0168/CD0176/CD0177

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO

0000029 TILLER BODY
0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0735525 PACCAR MX13 ENGINE

0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020037 NO PUMP

0020015 ABS SYSTEM

0658751 PUMPER BASE

Bid #: 930 83
#15..
- 881 -
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0002526 Light, Engine Compt, All Custom Chassis 0.00 1.60 0.00 0098841 Batteries, (6) Deka Grp 31, 1000 CCA each, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0122466 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual Override, Imp/Vel 0.00 180.00 0.00 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0628472 Light, Map, Overhead, Peterson M371S LED, Rectangular w/Switch 2lts

0.00 0.24 0.00
0629913 Lights, Stabilizer Pad Locator, Wln Micro MPB*, Rec Stb S Pn, Sw Ft

0.00 8.00 0.00
0637961 Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab Doors, DS Instr Pnl Swtch, Imp/Vel FR

0.00 26.00 0.00
0653350 Guards, Vehicle Camera(s), Painted Smooth Aluminum 0.00 0.00 0.00 0732223 Remote Start, Hydraulic Generator, 4 Locations 0.00 1.00 0.00 0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated, Paccar MX13 Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0770696 Aerial PTO Activated with Aerial Master Sw 0.00 0.00 0.08 0789602 Stabilizers, ASL Tractor Drawn Steel Aerial, Split Pan, 17' Spread 0.00 2.00 0.00 0804781 Aerial Scene Lts Separated into Aerial Tip Category and Aerial Tracking Category

0.00 0.00 0.00
0805325 Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED, 15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

0.00 1.50 0.00
0805618 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU 0.00 3.20 0.00
0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera, SD, CL714 0.00 1.20 0.00 0821239 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5025 Batt Dir 2nd NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0821240 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5025 Batt Dir 3rd NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0821263 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0821725 Wiring, Spare, 3 A 12V DC Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC 0.00 0.00 6.00 0822267 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, 6 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5025 Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 15.00
0822289 ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Axle, Tiller, NFPA 1900/ULC

0.00 6.00 0.00
0827857 Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 44 W x 22 H x 18 D, Above Lower Cabinet, Web

0.00 0.00 0.00
0895281 Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213 Sol 0.00 100.00 0.00 0895974 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Wln 3S*00F*R, 3" Round 0.00 2.00 0.00 0653677 Lighting, Rung, LED, TecNiq, 4 Section, Base, Lower/Upper Mid, Fly
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 7.20
0678715 Compt, At Rear Between Tow Eyes, Smooth Alum Sngl Pan Door w/D-Latch, Tiller
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 1.80
0693551 Lights, Tractor Scene, Wln M9LZC LED, pair Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.00 0724595 Heater/Defroster, Tiller Cab, Electric, Dual 12V, 3 Spd, No Thermo Load Managed 0.00 0.00 75.00 0725783 Lights, Centering, Cab Roof, Tlr, Clpsbl, Attwood NV2002SS-7, Red/Grn LED
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 1.44
0727946 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED, RS Cab, Mt Fet Load Managed 0.00 0.00 7.20 0748793 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS Body Load Managed 0.00 0.00 32.40 0748795 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS Body Load Managed 0.00 0.00 32.40 0750408 Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR LED 1st Load Managed 0.00 4.80 3.20 0766481 Lights, Wln, PSL1** Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 6.00 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 0780137 Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-Radio, (D,O,RPTT), 2obC, TC, 3805
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 0.50
0783530 Mirrors, Ramco, 8000PCHR, All Heated/Remote, w/Convex, Dr Mnt, Add Wiring
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 8.00
0804719 Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, 44451, C4 LED, Tail Lts, 12v, Orange
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 4.40
0815635 Light, Wln, 12V PCPSM2*, 12 VDC, Rear Facing, Id Lts Rr Til Cab Spcl Brkt
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.00
0820920 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd NFPA1900/ULC
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 4.80
0822831 Inverter/Battery Charger, Xantrex Frdm XC Pro 818-2010, Sw, NonNFPA 2024 100 Amp
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 195.31
0889659 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED, LS Cab, Mtg Fet Load Managed 0.00 0.00 7.20 0894651 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Velocity FR, w/PACCAR, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 136.00 0898045 Light, Wln, 12V P*H2*, 12 VDC 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 24.00 0898153 Lights, Wln, PSL1** Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 6.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis 9/15/2024
Bid #: 930
100' Velocity Tiller (30972 DUPLICATE) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Modesto
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
#15..
- 882 -
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0002565 Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0002615 Switch, Aerial 12V Master NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0010758 Flow Meter, Waterway, PAL, 110' Ascendant, MUX NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0059809 Light, Marker, Weldon, 9186-1500 LED, Location NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0068703 Lights, Grote Supernova LED, Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0534987 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial
NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00
0540439 Light, Front Zone, Wln M6* LED, Colored Lens 2Lts NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0540725 Lights, Stabilizer Warn (1) Set, Wln M6* LED, Rear Colored Lens NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0540777 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, Colored Lens NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity NFPA 2.10 8.40 0.00 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010
NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00
0601949 Light, Turntable Console, TecNiq T-10, LED Strip Light NFPA 0.20 0.00 0.00 0601972 Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 0601980 Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (1) set, Truck-Lite 40227C, Incandescent NFPA 2.88 0.00 0.00 0602102 Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage, Truck-Lite 44042C 2lts, LED, Round 4"
NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00
0604784 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWRsrROptRsrRWRRRR NFPA 8.96 2.68 9.92 0606017 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln VTX609R Red LED 2lts, DS PS Indicator
NFPA 60.00 90.00 0.00
0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00
0621947 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln Rota-Beam R316*F LED Beacon, Color Lens
NFPA 4.50 0.00 0.00
0636262 Light, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 1lt NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00 0647245 Cab, Velocity FR, 6000 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00
0647638 Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0648074 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts NFPA 0.49 0.00 0.00 0648425 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm
NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00
0648630 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 LED 4Dr, Angled Brkt NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0649150 Generator, Harrison 10kW Hydraulic, Hot Shift PTO, IHT System NFPA 53.47 1.53 0.00 0650184 Lights, Dome, Weldon, Dual LED NFPA 0.40 0.40 0.80 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00 0658406 Light, Marker, Britax Rubber Arm, Model 427.200.LB, Amber/Amber, Qty/Loc
NFPA 2.00 0.00 0.00
0665700 Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step, Not Required NFPA 0.65 0.00 0.00 0680193 Ladder Storage, Vertically Hinged Doors, Smooth Alum, Grabber Door Brkt, Tiller
NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90
0683224 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, 6.00" Raised, RS Center, Tiller NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80 0683225 Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special Width, 6.00" Raised, 92.00" Wide,RS Front,Tiller
NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80
0683228 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, 6.00" Raised, LS Center, Tiller NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80 0683231 Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special Width, 6.00" Raised, 92.00" Wide, LS Front
NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80
0709438 Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED NFPA 2.00 0.00 0.00 0724821 Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research ICA910 Hands Free (Special Location, Con)
NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00
0734402 DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under Cab, Paccar, VEL NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00 0747228 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, M6**, 6Lts NFPA 5.40 8.10 0.00 0755072 Aerial, 107' ASL, 750/500 Tip, 50 MPH Wind, Tiller NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0762413 Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, 12" LED NFPA 0.18 0.00 0.00 0780173 Lights, Perimeter, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 6.39" LED NFPA 4.40 0.00 0.00 0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0783991 Compt, Single Tractor Reservoir Single Lap Door, w/ Roll Door Engineers Compt
NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80
0784035 Cpt,Low F/D Frt Roll/Lift,Low Rr Lap,Spc Stp,10" Rsd Fend,6" Rsd Bd,4" Rsd Flr
NFPA 3.60 0.00 3.60
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis 9/15/2024
Bid #: 930
100' Velocity Tiller (30972 DUPLICATE) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Modesto
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
#15..
- 883 -
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0784038 Cpt,Low F/D Frt Roll,3 Lifts,Low Rr Lap,Spc Stp,10" Rsd Fend,6" Rsd Bd,4"Rsd Flr
NFPA 3.60 0.00 3.60
0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 NFPA 0.60 1.20 0.00 0804519 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw w/Flange
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0805324 Lights, Tip, Selected from Lights, 12VDC, 120/240VAC, Aerial Device Category
NFPA 0.00 0.00 0.00
0808514 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lb-ft W/OBD, EPA 2027, Velocity NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00 0813525 Lights, Step, P25 LED, Tiller, Control, Trim Feature NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00
0814632 Control Stations, ASL Tiller, MUX, Color Display, CL714 NFPA 4.26 0.00 0.00 0819026 Siren, Wln 295HFSA7 200W, Dual Tone, Non-NFPA 2024 NFPA 1.40 12.60 0.00 0821860 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual Light Strips, Each Side of Door, All Compts
NFPA 12.80 0.00 0.00
0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00
0888060 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq E10-W000-1 4lts, Turntbl/Rr Stp, Tiller
NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00
0889571 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt, Loc NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892637 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 244.88 510.92 698.75
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 268.00
Demand: 244.88
Variance: 23.12
Total Connected Load
Supply: 374.00
Demand: 353.78
Variance: 20.22
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items Alternator Output at Idle: 268.00 Alternator Output at Governed Speed: 374.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis 9/15/2024
Bid #: 930
100' Velocity Tiller (30972 DUPLICATE) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Modesto
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
#15..
- 884 -
Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 930 Chassis: Velocity Tractor Chassis (Tiller), (Big Block), 2010 Department: City of Modesto Body: Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 45°
Axle Track: 82.92 in.

Wheel Offset: 4.68 in.

Tread Width: 16.3 in.

Chassis Overhang: 65.99 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 10 in.

Front Overhang: 75.99 in.

Wheelbase: 172 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 13 ft. 3 in.

Curb to curb: 26 ft. 8 in.

Wall to wall: 30 ft. 5 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 09/15/2024
Category Option Description
Bumpers 0606606 Bumper, 10" Extended, Painted/Reinforced, Impel/Velocity Tires, Front 0899288 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply, Fire Service Speed
Aerial Devices 0755072 Aerial, 107' ASL, 750/500 Tip, 50 MPH Wind, Tiller Axle, Front, Custom 0508849 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 22,800 lb, Imp/Vel Wheels, Front 0019611 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot #15..
- 885 -
Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices. #15..
- 886 -
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 #15..
- 887 -
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months. Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
#15..
- 888 -
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
Velocity and Impel Custom Chassis
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies, where applicable, to Goldstar lamination, defroster heater coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module), heater, air conditioning condenser coil and fan/motor assembly, air conditioning evaporator coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the drain pan pump and thermostat), under seat heaters coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module),
HVAC electronic switches, HVAC hoses and hard lines,
heater water valve, Pierce PS6 seat frames and hardware, Pierce One-Eleven mirrors, Pierce hands-free scba holder, cracking or color loss of roto-molded components, Meritor rear axle, Wabco ABS system, cab door handles, Standen
spring suspension components, and the gauge instrument
cluster.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Three (3) Years, or
30,000 Miles, or
5000 Engine Hours
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/2/2015 WA0284
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Covers any failures of the engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Warranty Begins: The date of the original buyer invoice.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

See warranty for exclusions.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Five (5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first Warranty Period Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 3/19/2021 WA0386
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (“LIMITED WARRANTY”) LISTS THE RESPECTIVE RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.’S END USER CUSTOMER THAT FIRST PUTS THE PACCAR ENGINE INTO SERVICE (“YOU” or “FIRST PURCHASER”), PACCAR INC (“PACCAR”), AND THE SERVICING PACCAR ENGINE DISTRIBUTORS (“AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS”). PLEASE READ THIS LIMITED WARRANTY CAREFULLY.

PACCAR warrants directly to You that the PACCAR MX engine and related kitted parts (collectively, the “Engine”) will be free from defects in materials and factory workmanship (“Warrantable Failures”) appearing under normal commercial use and service during the time, mileage or hour limitations set forth in the attached Warranty Schedule. This Engine warranty extends only to You, and not any subsequent owner or user of the Engine. The Emissions warranty is made to all owners of the Engine in the chain of distribution until the end of the Emissions warranty coverage period. Warranty coverage relating to the Emissions components is outlined in the Emissions Warranty section of the PACCAR MX Operator’s Manual, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST PACCAR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES ARISING FROM YOUR

PURCHASE AND USE OF THIS ENGINE IS LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF WARRANTABLE FAILURES AT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA AND IS SUBJECT TO PACCAR’S TIME, MILEAGE, AND HOUR LIMITATIONS LISTED IN THE ATTACHED WARRANTY SCHEDULES. The maximum time, mileage and hour limitations in the Warranty Schedules begin running on the Date of Delivery to the First Purchaser. The accrued time, mileage, or hours is calculated when this Engine is brought into an Authorized Distributor for correction of Warrantable Failures.

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY (ENGINE AND EMISSIONS) This Limited Warranty is the sole warranty made by PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors to You relating to the Engine. Except for the above limited express warranty, PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors make no other warranties to You, express or implied. PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IT IS AGREED THAT PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: LOSS OF INCOME OR LOST PROFITS; ENGINE OR VEHICLE DOWNTIME; THIRD PARTY DAMAGE, INCLUDING DAMAGE OR LOSS TO OTHER ENGINES, VEHICLES OR PROPERTY, ATTACHMENTS, TRAILERS AND CARGO; LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PERSONAL CONTENTS; COMMUNICATION EXPENSES; LODGING AND/OR MEAL EXPENSES; FINES; APPLICABLE TAXES OR BUSINESS COSTS OR LOSSES; ATTORNEYS’ FEES; AND ANY LIABILITY YOU MAY HAVE IN RESPECT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to parts or accessories supplied by the vehicle manufacturer or third parties.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by PACCAR are covered during the first year from the Date of Delivery of the Engine to the First Purchaser. PACCAR does not warrant antifreeze, lubricants, filters, filter elements, or any other part that is a maintenance or repair item. However, in its sole discretion, PACCAR may pay for lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses, and other maintenance or repair items if the need for replacing such items is due to a Warrantable Failure of the Engine.

You are responsible for the safe operation and maintenance of the Engine and Emissions equipment as specified in the applicable Operator’s Manuals. You are responsible for providing proof that all recommended inspections and maintenance have been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable warranty, You must notify an Authorized Distributor of any Warrantable Failures and make the Engine available for Engine repair by such Authorized Distributor. You are responsible for delivery of the Engine to the Authorized Distributor. Locations in the United States and Canada of Authorized Distributors may be found at WWW.PACCARPOWERTRAIN.COM.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR WEAR AND TEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS, storage deterioration, and changes in adjustment resulting from your use of the Engine. Damage due to accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, negligence, improper or insufficient maintenance, or unauthorized modification is not warranted. This may include, but is not limited to: operation without adequate coolants, lubricants, or other fluids; over-fueling; over-speeding; lack of maintenance of the lubricating, cooling or air intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; and unauthorized modifications to the Engine. PACCAR is not responsible for damage or loss resulting from Engine horsepower/torque upgrades.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new parts, approved remanufactured parts, or repaired parts. PACCAR is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by PACCAR. A new or approved remanufactured part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it has replaced and is entitled to the remaining warranty coverage, if any.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE OR LOSSES CAUSED BY INCORRECT OIL, FUEL, DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID, COOLANT, OR ADDITIVES; WATER, DIRT OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS IN THE FUEL, OIL OR DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID; OPERATION WITHOUT ADEQUATE COOLANTS OR LUBRICANTS; OVER-FUELING; OVER-SPEEDING; IMPROPER STORAGE, STARTING, WARM-UP, RUN-IN OR SHUT-DOWN PRACTICES; OR UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS OF THE ENGINE. Failure of replacement parts used in repairs due to the above non-warrantable conditions is not warrantable.

If your vehicle is disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the Engine during the base warranty period, PACCAR is not responsible for towing expenses to transport the vehicle to the nearest Authorized Distributor. In lieu of the towing expense and at the sole discretion of PACCAR, #15..
- 891 -
Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted
PACCAR will pay the reasonable costs of an authorized mechanic to travel to and from the location of the disabled Vehicle in order to perform the Engine repair.

PACCAR will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure.

Warrantable Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption will be handled within the basic Engine coverage as stated in the attached Engine Schedule. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption, low power, or excessive fuel consumption will be considered for payment, You must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds PACCAR published standards PACCAR reserves the right to inspect and download data from the Engine Electronic Control Module for purpose of failure analysis unless prohibited by applicable law.

TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION / OTHER TERMS
IT IS AGREED THAT YOU HAVE 12 MONTHS FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THE CAUSE OF ACTION TO COMMENCE ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE ENGINE, OR BE BARRED FOREVER.

To the extent any provision of this limited warranty is found to contravene the law of any jurisdiction, the remainder of the warranty shall not be affected thereby.

#15..
- 892 -
Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY SCHEDULE
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States

THIS ENGINE WARRANTY SCHEDULE APPLIES ONLY TO ORIGINAL FACTORY EQUIPMENT AND IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND LIMITATIONS IN THE ATTACHED LIMITED WARRANTY. This Engine Warranty Schedule does not apply to the vehicle which is warranted separately. Pursuant to the terms of the attached Limited Warranty, PACCAR Inc (“PACCAR”) will pay warranty claims for Warrantable Failures within the following maximum limits in time, mileage, or hours, whichever shall occur first. The Warrantable Failure must be brought to the attention of an Authorized Distributor within 30 days of discovery.

PACCAR MX Engine
Basic Engine -Twenty-four (24) months or 250,000 miles (or 400,000 km) or 6,250 hours - (all applications except fire apparatus)
Fire Apparatus Truck Applications Basic Engine - Sixty (60) months or 100,000 miles (or 160,000 km) or 6,250 hours
Major Engine Components - Sixty (60) months or 500,000 miles or 12,500 hours Cylinder Block Casting Crankshaft Lube Pump Gear Flywheel Housing Main Bearing Bolts Camshaft Crankshaft Gear Water Pump Housing Cylinder Head Casting Cam Follower Assemblies Camshaft Gear Thermostat Housing Cylinder Head Capscrews Connecting Rod Assemblies Camshaft Idler Gear #15..
- 893 -
#15..
- 894 -
#15..
- 895 -
#15..
- 896 -
#15..
- 897 -

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Chassis Frame & Crossmembers
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
#15..
- 898 -
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Three (3) Years
-or30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 12/16/2013 WA0050
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

CUMMINS-MERITOR

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS

WARRANTY

COVERAGE FOR THE

UNITED STATES AND CANADA
MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
#15..
- 901 -
2 WARRANTY INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVE MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
Linehaul.......................................................................................................3 General Service ...........................................................................................6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle ..................................................................9 Fire and Emergency................................................................................... 12 Transit Bus ................................................................................................ 14 Off-highway Service................................................................................... 15 Terms and Conditions................................................................................ 17 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl = Unlimited
P = Parts Only
P&L = Parts and Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Cummins-Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Cummins-Meritor publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles and TP-12126 for drivelines, or any other products that have an application approval completed with Cummins-Meritor which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting meritor.com or by contacting Cummins-Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221). #15..
- 902 -
3 Linehaul Vehicles
Auto Hauler1
Bulk Hauler1
Chip Hauler1,2
Doubles
Flatbed
General Freight
Grain Hauler1
Livestock Hauler
Moving Van
Pipe Hauler
Refrigerated Freight
Tanker1
Triples
1 Cummins-Meritor classifies these vehicle types as high center of gravity, which require special axle housing considerations. 2 Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Typically Is:

High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
Greater than 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Well maintained highways of concrete or asphalt construction (100% on-road)
Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel).

Note:Category B job sites, terminals, docks, transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud; or other similar surfaces) are NOT approved for certain linehaul axle models.

Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
MS-19-14X
RS-21-160
MS-23-17H1,2
MS-23-17X2
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Vocational Definition of Linehaul
Long distance hauling of food, goods and finished materials Not included are raw ferrous materials, minerals (except oil), sand, gravel, stone, rocks, topsoil, waste or logs Linehaul includes turnpike and hub & spoke
1 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 2 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
#15..
- 903 -
4 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L
TPX3000 Axle Series2 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System4 1/100/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak75 7/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 5
When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by CumminsMeritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L
RT-40-160/P1,2
RT-46-160/P1,2
RT-46-164/P1,2
RZ-1662
RT-50-160/P1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-17H3
RZ-188
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P4
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P4
MT-40-14X/P4
MT-40-14H/E3,4
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 3 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 4 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
#15..
- 904 -
5 LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ L and EX+LS Air Disc Brake™3 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L
EX+L Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty3,4 5/500/P&L 1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. 2
Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. 4
Applies only to calipers using friction: MA9300 (EX225LXXXCGXXX).

Drivelines
RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
#15..
- 905 -
6 General Service Vehicles
Auto Hauler
Beverage Truck
Bulk Hauler
Chip Hauler
Cross Country Coach
Flatbed
Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
Front Engine Integral Coach
General Freight
Grain Hauler
Intercity Coach
Intermodal Chassis
Livestock Hauler
Meat Packer
Moving Van
Municipal Truck
Newspaper Delivery
Pick-Up and Delivery
Pipe Hauler
Platform Auto Hauler
Rear Engine Integral Coach
Recreational Vehicles
Refrigerated Freight
School Bus
Stake Truck
Tanker
Tanker Trailer
Tour Bus
Wrecker
General Service Typically Is:

Typically, moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles/year) An average of 3 to 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road allowed) Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel) or Category B job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud, or other similar surfaces)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-9461
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach applications.

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
#15..
- 906 -
7 GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164/P RT-50-160/P RZ-166
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Cam P2 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1,2 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™3 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™4 2/Unl/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III or Chassis Protect. 2
Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. 3
Based on stamped wear diameter max. 4
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-23-17X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.
#15..
- 907 -
8 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
TPX4000 Axle Series3 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems4
Standard System5 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak76 7/Unl/P&L
AxlePak107 10/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.
2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
3 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 4
Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 5 When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 6
When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 7 AxlePak10 is limited to Intermodal Chassis applications equipped with TPX4000 series axles.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
MC14002, MC16003, FH9462 2/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Modesto City CouncilOctober 22, 2024

Modesto City Council
October 22, 2024